src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73         wxASSERT( attr );
  74     }
  75
  76     wxGridCellWithAttr(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  77         : coords(other.coords),
  78           attr(other.attr)
  79     {
  80         attr->IncRef();
  81     }
  82
  83     wxGridCellWithAttr& operator=(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  84     {
  85         coords = other.coords;
  86         if (attr != other.attr)
  87         {
  88             attr->DecRef();
  89             attr = other.attr;
  90             attr->IncRef();
  91         }
  92         return *this;
  93     }
  94
  95     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  96     {
  97         attr->DecRef();
  98     }
  99
 100     wxGridCellCoords coords;
 101     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
 102 };
 103
 104 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
 105                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 106
 107 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
 108
 109 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 110 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 111
 112 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 113 // events
 114 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 115
 116 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 117 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 118 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 119 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 120 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 121 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 122 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 123 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 124 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 125 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 126 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 127 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 128 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 129 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 130 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 131 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 132 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 133 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 134
 135 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 136 // private classes
 137 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 138
 139 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 140 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 141 {
 142 public:
 143     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 144     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 145                     wxWindowID id,
 146                     const wxPoint& pos,
 147                     const wxSize& size,
 148                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 149                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 150         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 151                    wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 152                    name)
 153     {
 154         m_owner = owner;
 155     }
 156
 157     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 158
 159     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 160
 161 protected:
 162     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 163
 164     wxGrid *m_owner;
 165
 166     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 167     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 168 };
 169
 170 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 171 {
 172 public:
 173     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 174     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 175                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 176
 177 private:
 178     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 179     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 180     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 181
 182     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 183     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 184     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 185 };
 186
 187
 188 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 189 {
 190 public:
 191     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 192     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 193                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 194
 195 private:
 196     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 197     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 198     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 199
 200     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 201     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 202     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 203 };
 204
 205
 206 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 207 {
 208 public:
 209     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 210     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 211                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 212
 213 private:
 214     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 215     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 216     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 217
 218     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 219     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 220     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 221 };
 222
 223 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 224 {
 225 public:
 226     wxGridWindow()
 227     {
 228         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 229         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 230     }
 231
 232     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 233                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 234                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 235                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 236
 237     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 238
 239     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 240
 241 private:
 242     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 243     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 244
 245     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 246     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 247     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 248     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 249     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 250     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 251     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 252     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 253
 254     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 255     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 256     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 257 };
 258
 259
 260 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 261 {
 262 public:
 263     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 264         : m_grid(grid),
 265           m_editor(editor),
 266           m_inSetFocus(false)
 267     {
 268     }
 269
 270     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 271     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 272     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 273
 274     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 275
 276 private:
 277     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 278     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 279
 280     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 281     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 282     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 283
 284     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 285     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 286     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 287 };
 288
 289
 290 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 291
 292 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 293     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 294     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 295     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 296 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 297
 298
 299 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 300 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 301 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 302
 303 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 304 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 305 {
 306 public:
 307     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 308     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 309     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 310     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 311
 312 private:
 313     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 314     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 315
 316     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 317 };
 318
 319 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 320 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 321 {
 322 public:
 323     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 324     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 325     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 326
 327     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 328     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 329     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 330
 331 private:
 332     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 333     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 334 };
 335
 336 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 337 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 338 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 339 {
 340 public:
 341     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 342     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 343                            m_colAttrs;
 344 };
 345
 346
 347 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 348 // data structures used for the data type registry
 349 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 350
 351 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 352 {
 353     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 354                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 355                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 356         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 357         {}
 358
 359     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 360     {
 361         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 362         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 363     }
 364
 365     wxString            m_typeName;
 366     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 367     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 368
 369     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 370 };
 371
 372
 373 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 374                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 375
 376
 377 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 378 {
 379 public:
 380   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 381     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 382
 383     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 384                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 385                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 386
 387     // find one of already registered data types
 388     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 389
 390     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 391     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 392     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 393
 394     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 395     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 396     // registered data type and set params for it
 397     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 398
 399     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 400     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 401
 402 private:
 403     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 404 };
 405
 406
 407 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 408 // conditional compilation
 409 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 410
 411 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 412 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 413 #endif
 414
 415 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 416 // globals
 417 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 418
 419 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 420 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 421     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 422     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 423 #endif
 424
 425 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 426 // constants
 427 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 428
 429 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 430 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 431
 432 // scroll line size
 433 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 434 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 435 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 436 //
 437 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 438 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 439 //       -- Robin
 440 //
 441 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 442 //       fixing anyhow
 443 //       -- Vadim
 444 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 445 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 446
 447 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 448 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 449 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 450
 451 #if 0
 452 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 453 // private functions
 454 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 455
 456 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 457 {
 458     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 459 }
 460
 461 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 462 {
 463     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 464 }
 465 #endif
 466
 467 // ============================================================================
 468 // implementation
 469 // ============================================================================
 470
 471 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 472 // wxGridCellEditor
 473 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 474
 475 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 476 {
 477     m_control = NULL;
 478     m_attr = NULL;
 479 }
 480
 481 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 482 {
 483     Destroy();
 484 }
 485
 486 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 487                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 488                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 489 {
 490     if ( evtHandler )
 491         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 492 }
 493
 494 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 495                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 496 {
 497     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 498     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 499     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 500     if (gridWindow)
 501         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 502
 503     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 504     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
 505     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 506
 507     // redraw the control we just painted over
 508     m_control->Refresh();
 509 }
 510
 511 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 512 {
 513     if (m_control)
 514     {
 515         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 516
 517         m_control->Destroy();
 518         m_control = NULL;
 519     }
 520 }
 521
 522 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 523 {
 524     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 525
 526     m_control->Show(show);
 527
 528     if ( show )
 529     {
 530         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 531         if ( attr )
 532         {
 533             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 534             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 535
 536             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 537             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 538
 539 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 540 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 541             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 542             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 543 #endif
 544
 545             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 546             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 547         }
 548     }
 549     else
 550     {
 551         // restore the standard colours fonts
 552         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 553         {
 554             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 555             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 556         }
 557
 558         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 559         {
 560             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 561             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 562         }
 563
 564 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 565 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 566         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 567         {
 568             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 569             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 570         }
 571 #endif
 572     }
 573 }
 574
 575 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 576 {
 577     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 578
 579     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 580 }
 581
 582 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 583 {
 584     event.Skip();
 585 }
 586
 587 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 588 {
 589     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 590     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 591
 592 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 593     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 594     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 595     alt = event.MetaDown();
 596 #endif
 597
 598     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 599     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 600     // through in that case.
 601     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 602         return false;
 603
 604     int key = 0;
 605     bool keyOk = true;
 606
 607 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 608     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 609     // editor.
 610     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 611         return false;
 612 #endif
 613 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 614     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 615     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 616     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 617     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 618     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 619     if (key <= 127)
 620     {
 621         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 622         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 623     }
 624 #else
 625     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 626     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 627 #endif
 628
 629     return keyOk;
 630 }
 631
 632 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 633 {
 634     event.Skip();
 635 }
 636
 637 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 638 {
 639 }
 640
 641 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 642
 643 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 644 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 645 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 646
 647 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 648 {
 649     m_maxChars = 0;
 650 }
 651
 652 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 653                                   wxWindowID id,
 654                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 655 {
 656     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
 657 }
 658
 659 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
 660                                     wxWindowID id,
 661                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
 662                                     long style)
 663 {
 664     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
 665              wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
 666              wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL |
 667              wxNO_BORDER;
 668
 669     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 670                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 671                                style);
 672
 673     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 674     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
 675     {
 676         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 677     }
 678
 679     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 680 }
 681
 682 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 683                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 684 {
 685     // as we fill the entire client area,
 686     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 687 }
 688
 689 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 690 {
 691     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 692
 693     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 694     //
 695     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 696     //
 697 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 698     if (rect.x != 0)
 699     {
 700         rect.x += 1;
 701         rect.y += 1;
 702         rect.width -= 1;
 703         rect.height -= 1;
 704     }
 705 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 706     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 707         rect.x += 2;
 708     else
 709         rect.x += 3;
 710
 711     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 712         rect.y += 2;
 713     else
 714         rect.y += 3;
 715
 716     rect.width -= 2;
 717     rect.height -= 2;
 718 #else
 719     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 720     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 721
 722     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 723         extra_x *= 2;
 724         extra_y *= 2;
 725     #endif
 726
 727     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 728     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 729     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 730     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 731 #endif
 732
 733     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 734 }
 735
 736 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 737 {
 738     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 739
 740     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 741
 742     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 743 }
 744
 745 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 746 {
 747     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 748     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 749     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 750     Text()->SetFocus();
 751 }
 752
 753 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 754 {
 755     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 756
 757     bool changed = false;
 758     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 759     if (value != m_startValue)
 760         changed = true;
 761
 762     if (changed)
 763         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 764
 765     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 766
 767     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 768     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 769
 770     return changed;
 771 }
 772
 773 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 774 {
 775     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 776
 777     DoReset(m_startValue);
 778 }
 779
 780 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 781 {
 782     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 783     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 784 }
 785
 786 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 787 {
 788     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 789 }
 790
 791 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 792 {
 793     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 794     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 795     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 796     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 797
 798     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 799     wxChar ch;
 800     long pos;
 801
 802 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 803     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 804     if (ch <= 127)
 805         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 806 #else
 807     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 808 #endif
 809
 810     switch (ch)
 811     {
 812         case WXK_DELETE:
 813             // delete the character at the cursor
 814             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 815             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 816                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 817             break;
 818
 819         case WXK_BACK:
 820             // delete the character before the cursor
 821             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 822             if (pos > 0)
 823                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 824             break;
 825
 826         default:
 827             tc->WriteText(ch);
 828             break;
 829     }
 830 }
 831
 832 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 833                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 834 {
 835 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 836     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 837     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 838     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 839     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 840     Text()->SetValue(s);
 841     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 842 #else
 843     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 844     //
 845     event.Skip();
 846 #endif
 847 }
 848
 849 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 850 {
 851     if ( !params )
 852     {
 853         // reset to default
 854         m_maxChars = 0;
 855     }
 856     else
 857     {
 858         long tmp;
 859         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 860         {
 861             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 862         }
 863         else
 864         {
 865             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 866         }
 867     }
 868 }
 869
 870 // return the value in the text control
 871 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 872 {
 873     return Text()->GetValue();
 874 }
 875
 876 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 877 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 878 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 879
 880 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 881 {
 882     m_min = min;
 883     m_max = max;
 884 }
 885
 886 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 887                                     wxWindowID id,
 888                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 889 {
 890 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 891     if ( HasRange() )
 892     {
 893         // create a spin ctrl
 894         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 895                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 896                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 897                                    m_min, m_max);
 898
 899         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 900     }
 901     else
 902 #endif
 903     {
 904         // just a text control
 905         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 906
 907 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 908         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 909 #endif
 910     }
 911 }
 912
 913 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 914 {
 915     // first get the value
 916     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 917     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 918     {
 919         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 920     }
 921     else
 922     {
 923         m_valueOld = 0;
 924         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 925         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 926         {
 927             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 928             return;
 929         }
 930     }
 931
 932 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 933     if ( HasRange() )
 934     {
 935         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 936         Spin()->SetFocus();
 937     }
 938     else
 939 #endif
 940     {
 941         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 942     }
 943 }
 944
 945 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 946                                      wxGrid* grid)
 947 {
 948     bool changed;
 949     long value = 0;
 950     wxString text;
 951
 952 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 953     if ( HasRange() )
 954     {
 955         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 956         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 957         if (changed)
 958             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 959     }
 960     else
 961 #endif
 962     {
 963         text = Text()->GetValue();
 964         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 965     }
 966
 967     if ( changed )
 968     {
 969         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 970             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 971         else
 972             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 973     }
 974
 975     return changed;
 976 }
 977
 978 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 979 {
 980 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 981     if ( HasRange() )
 982     {
 983         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 984     }
 985     else
 986 #endif
 987     {
 988         DoReset(GetString());
 989     }
 990 }
 991
 992 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 993 {
 994     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 995     {
 996         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 997         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 998              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 999         {
1000             return true;
1001         }
1002     }
1003
1004     return false;
1005 }
1006
1007 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1008 {
1009     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1010     if ( !HasRange() )
1011     {
1012         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
1013         {
1014             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1015
1016             // skip Skip() below
1017             return;
1018         }
1019     }
1020 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1021     else
1022     {
1023         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1024         {
1025             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1026             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1027             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1028             return;
1029         }
1030     }
1031 #endif
1032
1033     event.Skip();
1034 }
1035
1036 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1037 {
1038     if ( !params )
1039     {
1040         // reset to default
1041         m_min =
1042         m_max = -1;
1043     }
1044     else
1045     {
1046         long tmp;
1047         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1048         {
1049             m_min = (int)tmp;
1050
1051             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1052             {
1053                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1054
1055                 // skip the error message below
1056                 return;
1057             }
1058         }
1059
1060         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1061     }
1062 }
1063
1064 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1065 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1066 {
1067     wxString s;
1068
1069 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1070     if ( HasRange() )
1071     {
1072         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1073         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1074     }
1075     else
1076 #endif
1077     {
1078         s = Text()->GetValue();
1079     }
1080
1081     return s;
1082 }
1083
1084 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1085 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1086 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1087
1088 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1089 {
1090     m_width = width;
1091     m_precision = precision;
1092 }
1093
1094 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1095                                    wxWindowID id,
1096                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1097 {
1098     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1099
1100 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1101     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1102 #endif
1103 }
1104
1105 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1106 {
1107     // first get the value
1108     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1109     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1110     {
1111         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1112     }
1113     else
1114     {
1115         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1116         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1117         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1118         {
1119             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1120             return;
1121         }
1122     }
1123
1124     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1125 }
1126
1127 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1128                                      wxGrid* grid)
1129 {
1130     double value = 0.0;
1131     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1132
1133     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1134             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1135     {
1136         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1137             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1138         else
1139             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1140
1141         return true;
1142     }
1143
1144     return false;
1145 }
1146
1147 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1148 {
1149     DoReset(GetString());
1150 }
1151
1152 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1153 {
1154     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1155     char tmpbuf[2];
1156     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1157     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1158     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1159
1160 #if wxUSE_INTL
1161     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1162        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1163 #else
1164     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1165 #endif
1166
1167     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1168          || is_decimal_point )
1169     {
1170         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1171
1172         // skip Skip() below
1173         return;
1174     }
1175
1176     event.Skip();
1177 }
1178
1179 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1180 {
1181     if ( !params )
1182     {
1183         // reset to default
1184         m_width =
1185         m_precision = -1;
1186     }
1187     else
1188     {
1189         long tmp;
1190         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1191         {
1192             m_width = (int)tmp;
1193
1194             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1195             {
1196                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1197
1198                 // skip the error message below
1199                 return;
1200             }
1201         }
1202
1203         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1204     }
1205 }
1206
1207 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1208 {
1209     wxString fmt;
1210     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1211     {
1212         // default precision
1213         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1214     }
1215     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1216     {
1217         // default width
1218         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1219     }
1220     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1221     {
1222         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1223     }
1224     else
1225     {
1226         // default width/precision
1227         fmt = _T("%f");
1228     }
1229
1230     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1231 }
1232
1233 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1234 {
1235     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1236     {
1237         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1238         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1239         {
1240             char tmpbuf[2];
1241             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1242             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1243             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1244
1245 #if wxUSE_INTL
1246             const wxString decimalPoint =
1247                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1248 #else
1249             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1250 #endif
1251
1252             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1253             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1254                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1255                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1256                             keycode == '+' ||
1257                                 keycode == '-' )
1258             {
1259                 return true;
1260             }
1261         }
1262     }
1263
1264     return false;
1265 }
1266
1267 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1268
1269 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1270
1271 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1272 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1273 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1274
1275 // the default values for GetValue()
1276 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1277
1278 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1279                                   wxWindowID id,
1280                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1281 {
1282     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1283                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1284                                wxNO_BORDER);
1285
1286     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1287 }
1288
1289 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1290 {
1291     bool resize = false;
1292     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1293     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1294
1295     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1296     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1297     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1298     {
1299         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1300         size = sizeBest;
1301
1302         resize = true;
1303     }
1304
1305     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1306     {
1307         // leave 1 pixel margin
1308         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1309
1310         resize = true;
1311     }
1312
1313     if ( resize )
1314     {
1315         m_control->SetSize(size);
1316     }
1317
1318     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1319
1320 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1321     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1322     // so shift it to the right
1323     size.x -= 8;
1324 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1325     // here too, but in other way
1326     size.x += 1;
1327     size.y -= 2;
1328 #endif
1329
1330     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1331     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1332     if (GetCellAttr())
1333         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1334
1335     int x = 0, y = 0;
1336     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1337     {
1338         x = r.x + 2;
1339
1340 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1341         x += 2;
1342 #endif
1343
1344         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1345     }
1346     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1347     {
1348         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1349         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1350     }
1351     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1352     {
1353         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1354         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1355     }
1356
1357     m_control->Move(x, y);
1358 }
1359
1360 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1361 {
1362     m_control->Show(show);
1363
1364     if ( show )
1365     {
1366         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1367         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1368     }
1369 }
1370
1371 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1372 {
1373     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1374                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1375
1376     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1377     {
1378         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1379     }
1380     else
1381     {
1382         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1383
1384         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1385             m_startValue = false;
1386         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1387             m_startValue = true;
1388         else
1389         {
1390             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1391             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1392             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1393             // know about it
1394             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1395         }
1396     }
1397
1398     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1399     CBox()->SetFocus();
1400 }
1401
1402 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1403                                    wxGrid* grid)
1404 {
1405     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1406                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1407
1408     bool changed = false;
1409     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1410     if ( value != m_startValue )
1411         changed = true;
1412
1413     if ( changed )
1414     {
1415         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1416         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1417             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1418         else
1419             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1420     }
1421
1422     return changed;
1423 }
1424
1425 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1426 {
1427     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1428                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1429
1430     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1431 }
1432
1433 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1434 {
1435     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1436 }
1437
1438 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1439 {
1440     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1441     {
1442         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1443         switch ( keycode )
1444         {
1445             case WXK_SPACE:
1446             case '+':
1447             case '-':
1448                 return true;
1449         }
1450     }
1451
1452     return false;
1453 }
1454
1455 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1456 {
1457     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1458     switch ( keycode )
1459     {
1460         case WXK_SPACE:
1461             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1462             break;
1463
1464         case '+':
1465             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1466             break;
1467
1468         case '-':
1469             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1470             break;
1471     }
1472 }
1473
1474 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1475 {
1476   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1477 }
1478
1479 /* static */ void
1480 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1481                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1482 {
1483     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1484     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1485 }
1486
1487 /* static */ bool
1488 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1489 {
1490     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1491 }
1492
1493 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1494
1495 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1496
1497 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1498 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1499 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1500
1501 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1502                                                bool allowOthers)
1503     : m_choices(choices),
1504       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1505
1506 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1507                                                const wxString choices[],
1508                                                bool allowOthers)
1509                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1510 {
1511     if ( count )
1512     {
1513         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1514         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1515         {
1516             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1517         }
1518     }
1519 }
1520
1521 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1522 {
1523     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1524     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1525     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1526
1527     return editor;
1528 }
1529
1530 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1531                                     wxWindowID id,
1532                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1533 {
1534     int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
1535                 wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
1536                 wxBORDER_NONE;
1537
1538     if ( !m_allowOthers )
1539         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
1540     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1541                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1542                                m_choices,
1543                                style);
1544
1545     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1546 }
1547
1548 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1549                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1550 {
1551     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1552     // flicker
1553
1554     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1555     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1556     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1557     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1558 }
1559
1560 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1561 {
1562     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1563                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1564
1565     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1566     if (m_control)
1567         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1568
1569     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1570     if (evtHandler)
1571         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1572
1573     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1574
1575     if (m_allowOthers)
1576     {
1577         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1578         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1579     }
1580     else // the combobox is read-only
1581     {
1582         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1583         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1584         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1585             pos = 0;
1586         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1587     }
1588
1589     Combo()->SetFocus();
1590
1591     if (evtHandler)
1592     {
1593         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1594         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1595 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1596         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1597 #endif
1598     }
1599 }
1600
1601 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1602                                      wxGrid* grid)
1603 {
1604     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1605     if ( value == m_startValue )
1606         return false;
1607
1608     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1609
1610     return true;
1611 }
1612
1613 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1614 {
1615     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1616     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1617 }
1618
1619 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1620 {
1621     if ( !params )
1622     {
1623         // what can we do?
1624         return;
1625     }
1626
1627     m_choices.Empty();
1628
1629     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1630     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1631     {
1632         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1633     }
1634 }
1635
1636 // return the value in the text control
1637 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1638 {
1639   return Combo()->GetValue();
1640 }
1641
1642 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1643
1644 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1645 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1646 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1647
1648 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1649 {
1650     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1651     if (m_inSetFocus)
1652         return;
1653
1654     // accept changes
1655     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1656
1657     event.Skip();
1658 }
1659
1660 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1661 {
1662     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1663     {
1664         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1665             m_editor->Reset();
1666             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1667             break;
1668
1669         case WXK_TAB:
1670             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1671             break;
1672
1673         case WXK_RETURN:
1674         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1675             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1676                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1677             break;
1678
1679         default:
1680             event.Skip();
1681             break;
1682     }
1683 }
1684
1685 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1686 {
1687     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1688     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1689     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1690     int cw, ch;
1691     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1692
1693     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1694     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1695
1696     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1697     {
1698         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1699         case WXK_TAB:
1700         case WXK_RETURN:
1701         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1702             break;
1703
1704         case WXK_HOME:
1705         {
1706             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1707             {
1708                 // no special processing needed...
1709                 event.Skip();
1710                 break;
1711             }
1712
1713             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1714
1715             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1716             int colXPos = 0;
1717             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1718             {
1719                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1720             }
1721
1722             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1723             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1724             if (col != 0)
1725             {
1726                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1727             }
1728             else
1729             {
1730                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1731             }
1732             event.Skip();
1733             break;
1734         }
1735
1736         case WXK_END:
1737         {
1738             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1739             {
1740                 // no special processing needed...
1741                 event.Skip();
1742                 break;
1743             }
1744
1745             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1746
1747             int textWidth = 0;
1748             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1749             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1750             {
1751                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1752                 int y;
1753                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1754                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1755
1756                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1757                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1758
1759                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1760                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1761                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1762                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1763                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1764                 {
1765                     textWidth = 0;
1766                 }
1767             }
1768
1769             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1770             int colXPos = 0;
1771             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1772             {
1773                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1774             }
1775
1776             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1777             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1778             colXPos += textWidth;
1779
1780             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1781             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1782             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1783             event.Skip();
1784             break;
1785         }
1786
1787         default:
1788             event.Skip();
1789             break;
1790     }
1791 }
1792
1793 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1794 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1795 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1796 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1797
1798 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1799 {
1800     // nothing to do
1801 }
1802
1803 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1804 {
1805 }
1806
1807 // ============================================================================
1808 // renderer classes
1809 // ============================================================================
1810
1811 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1812 // wxGridCellRenderer
1813 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1814
1815 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1816                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1817                               wxDC& dc,
1818                               const wxRect& rect,
1819                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1820                               bool isSelected)
1821 {
1822     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID );
1823
1824     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1825     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1826     {
1827         if ( isSelected )
1828         {
1829             wxColour clr;
1830             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1831                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1832             else
1833                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1834             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(clr, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1835         }
1836         else
1837         {
1838             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1839         }
1840     }
1841     else
1842     {
1843         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
1844     }
1845
1846     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1847     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1848 }
1849
1850 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1851 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1852 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1853
1854 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1855                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1856                                                      wxDC& dc,
1857                                                      bool isSelected)
1858 {
1859     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
1860
1861     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1862
1863     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1864     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1865     {
1866         if ( isSelected )
1867         {
1868             wxColour clr;
1869             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1870                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1871             else
1872                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1873             dc.SetTextBackground( clr );
1874             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1875         }
1876         else
1877         {
1878             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1879             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1880         }
1881     }
1882     else
1883     {
1884         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1885         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1886     }
1887
1888     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1889 }
1890
1891 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1892                                                wxDC& dc,
1893                                                const wxString& text)
1894 {
1895     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1896     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1897     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1898     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1899     {
1900         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1901         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1902     }
1903
1904     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1905
1906     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1907 }
1908
1909 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1910                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1911                                              wxDC& dc,
1912                                              int row, int col)
1913 {
1914     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1915 }
1916
1917 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1918                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1919                                     wxDC& dc,
1920                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1921                                     int row, int col,
1922                                     bool isSelected)
1923 {
1924     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1925     rect.Inflate(-1);
1926
1927     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1928     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1929
1930     int hAlign, vAlign;
1931     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1932
1933     int overflowCols = 0;
1934
1935     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1936     {
1937         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1938         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1939         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1940         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1941         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1942         {
1943             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1944             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1945             {
1946                 bool is_empty = true;
1947                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1948                 {
1949                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1950                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1951                     if (c_rows > 0)
1952                         c_rows = 0;
1953                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1954                     {
1955                         is_empty = false;
1956                         break;
1957                     }
1958                 }
1959
1960                 if (is_empty)
1961                 {
1962                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1963                 }
1964                 else
1965                 {
1966                     i--;
1967                     break;
1968                 }
1969
1970                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1971                     break;
1972             }
1973
1974             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1975             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1976                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1977         }
1978
1979         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1980         {
1981             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1982             wxRect clip = rect;
1983             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1984             // draw each overflow cell individually
1985             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
1986             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1987                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1988             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1989             {
1990                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1991                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1992                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1993
1994                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1995                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1996
1997                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1998                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1999                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2000             }
2001
2002             rect = rectCell;
2003             rect.Inflate(-1);
2004             rect.width++;
2005             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2006         }
2007     }
2008
2009     // now we only have to draw the text
2010     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2011
2012     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2013                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2014 }
2015
2016 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2017 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
2018 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2019
2020 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2021 {
2022     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2023     wxString text;
2024     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2025     {
2026         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2027     }
2028     else
2029     {
2030         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2031     }
2032
2033     return text;
2034 }
2035
2036 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2037                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2038                                     wxDC& dc,
2039                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2040                                     int row, int col,
2041                                     bool isSelected)
2042 {
2043     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2044
2045     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2046
2047     // draw the text right aligned by default
2048     int hAlign, vAlign;
2049     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2050     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2051
2052     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2053     rect.Inflate(-1);
2054
2055     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2056 }
2057
2058 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2059                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2060                                              wxDC& dc,
2061                                              int row, int col)
2062 {
2063     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2064 }
2065
2066 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2067 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2068 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2069
2070 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2071 {
2072     SetWidth(width);
2073     SetPrecision(precision);
2074 }
2075
2076 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2077 {
2078     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2079     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2080     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2081     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2082
2083     return renderer;
2084 }
2085
2086 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2087 {
2088     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2089
2090     bool hasDouble;
2091     double val;
2092     wxString text;
2093     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2094     {
2095         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2096         hasDouble = true;
2097     }
2098     else
2099     {
2100         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2101         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2102     }
2103
2104     if ( hasDouble )
2105     {
2106         if ( !m_format )
2107         {
2108             if ( m_width == -1 )
2109             {
2110                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2111                 {
2112                     // default width/precision
2113                     m_format = _T("%f");
2114                 }
2115                 else
2116                 {
2117                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2118                 }
2119             }
2120             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2121             {
2122                 // default precision
2123                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2124             }
2125             else
2126             {
2127                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2128             }
2129         }
2130
2131         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2132
2133     }
2134     //else: text already contains the string
2135
2136     return text;
2137 }
2138
2139 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2140                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2141                                    wxDC& dc,
2142                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2143                                    int row, int col,
2144                                    bool isSelected)
2145 {
2146     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2147
2148     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2149
2150     // draw the text right aligned by default
2151     int hAlign, vAlign;
2152     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2153     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2154
2155     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2156     rect.Inflate(-1);
2157
2158     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2159 }
2160
2161 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2162                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2163                                             wxDC& dc,
2164                                             int row, int col)
2165 {
2166     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2167 }
2168
2169 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2170 {
2171     if ( !params )
2172     {
2173         // reset to defaults
2174         SetWidth(-1);
2175         SetPrecision(-1);
2176     }
2177     else
2178     {
2179         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2180         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2181         {
2182             long width;
2183             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2184             {
2185                 SetWidth((int)width);
2186             }
2187             else
2188             {
2189                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2190             }
2191         }
2192
2193         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2194         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2195         {
2196             long precision;
2197             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2198             {
2199                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2200             }
2201             else
2202             {
2203                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2204             }
2205         }
2206     }
2207 }
2208
2209 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2210 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2211 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2212
2213 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2214
2215 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2216
2217 // between checkmark and box
2218 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2219
2220 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2221                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2222                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2223                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2224                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2225 {
2226     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2227     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2228     {
2229         // get checkbox size
2230         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2231         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2232         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2233
2234 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2235         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2236 #endif
2237
2238         delete checkbox;
2239
2240         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2241     }
2242
2243     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2244 }
2245
2246 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2247                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2248                                   wxDC& dc,
2249                                   const wxRect& rect,
2250                                   int row, int col,
2251                                   bool isSelected)
2252 {
2253     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2254
2255     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2256     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2257
2258     // don't draw outside the cell
2259     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2260     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2261     {
2262         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2263         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2264     }
2265
2266     // draw a border around checkmark
2267     int vAlign, hAlign;
2268     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2269
2270     wxRect rectBorder;
2271     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2272     {
2273         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2274         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2275         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2276         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2277     }
2278     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2279     {
2280         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2281         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2282         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2283         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2284     }
2285     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2286     {
2287         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2288         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2289         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2290         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2291     }
2292
2293     bool value;
2294     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2295     {
2296         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2297     }
2298     else
2299     {
2300         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2301         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2302     }
2303
2304     int flags = 0;
2305     if (value)
2306         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2307
2308     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2309 }
2310
2311 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2312 // wxGridCellAttr
2313 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2314
2315 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2316 {
2317     m_nRef = 1;
2318
2319     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2320
2321     m_renderer = NULL;
2322     m_editor = NULL;
2323
2324     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2325
2326     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2327     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2328
2329     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2330 }
2331
2332 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2333 {
2334     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2335
2336     if ( HasTextColour() )
2337         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2338     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2339         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2340     if ( HasFont() )
2341         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2342     if ( HasAlignment() )
2343         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2344
2345     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2346
2347     if ( m_renderer )
2348     {
2349         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2350         m_renderer->IncRef();
2351     }
2352     if ( m_editor )
2353     {
2354         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2355         m_editor->IncRef();
2356     }
2357
2358     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2359         attr->SetReadOnly();
2360
2361     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2362     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2363
2364     return attr;
2365 }
2366
2367 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2368 {
2369     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2370         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2371     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2372         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2373     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2374         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2375     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2376     {
2377         int hAlign, vAlign;
2378         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2379         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2380     }
2381     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2382         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2383
2384     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2385     // m_renderer/m_editor
2386     //
2387     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2388     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2389     {
2390         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2391         m_renderer->IncRef();
2392     }
2393     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2394     {
2395         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2396         m_editor->IncRef();
2397     }
2398     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2399         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2400
2401     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2402         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2403
2404     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2405 }
2406
2407 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2408 {
2409     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2410
2411     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2412     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2413     // set to negative or zero values such that
2414     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2415     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2416
2417     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2418
2419     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2420                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2421                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2422                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2423
2424     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2425     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2426 }
2427
2428 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2429 {
2430     if (HasTextColour())
2431     {
2432         return m_colText;
2433     }
2434     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2435     {
2436         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2437     }
2438     else
2439     {
2440         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2441         return wxNullColour;
2442     }
2443 }
2444
2445 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2446 {
2447     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2448     {
2449         return m_colBack;
2450     }
2451     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2452     {
2453         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2454     }
2455     else
2456     {
2457         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2458         return wxNullColour;
2459     }
2460 }
2461
2462 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2463 {
2464     if (HasFont())
2465     {
2466         return m_font;
2467     }
2468     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2469     {
2470         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2471     }
2472     else
2473     {
2474         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2475         return wxNullFont;
2476     }
2477 }
2478
2479 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2480 {
2481     if (HasAlignment())
2482     {
2483         if ( hAlign )
2484             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2485         if ( vAlign )
2486             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2487     }
2488     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2489     {
2490         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2491     }
2492     else
2493     {
2494         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2495     }
2496 }
2497
2498 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2499 {
2500     if ( num_rows )
2501         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2502     if ( num_cols )
2503         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2504 }
2505
2506 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2507 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2508 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2509 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2510 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2511 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2512
2513 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2514 {
2515     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2516
2517     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2518     {
2519         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2520         renderer = m_renderer;
2521         renderer->IncRef();
2522     }
2523     else // no non-default cell renderer
2524     {
2525         // get default renderer for the data type
2526         if ( grid )
2527         {
2528             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2529             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2530         }
2531
2532         if ( renderer == NULL )
2533         {
2534             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2535             {
2536                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2537                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2538                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2539             }
2540             else // default grid attr
2541             {
2542                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2543                 renderer = m_renderer;
2544                 if ( renderer )
2545                     renderer->IncRef();
2546             }
2547         }
2548     }
2549
2550     // we're supposed to always find something
2551     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2552
2553     return renderer;
2554 }
2555
2556 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2557 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2558 {
2559     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2560
2561     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2562     {
2563         // use the cells editor if it has one
2564         editor = m_editor;
2565         editor->IncRef();
2566     }
2567     else // no non default cell editor
2568     {
2569         // get default editor for the data type
2570         if ( grid )
2571         {
2572             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2573             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2574         }
2575
2576         if ( editor == NULL )
2577         {
2578             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2579             {
2580                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2581                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2582                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2583             }
2584             else // default grid attr
2585             {
2586                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2587                 editor = m_editor;
2588                 if ( editor )
2589                     editor->IncRef();
2590             }
2591         }
2592     }
2593
2594     // we're supposed to always find something
2595     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2596
2597     return editor;
2598 }
2599
2600 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2601 // wxGridCellAttrData
2602 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2603
2604 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2605 {
2606     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2607     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2608     {
2609         if ( attr )
2610         {
2611             // add the attribute
2612             m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2613         }
2614         //else: nothing to do
2615     }
2616     else // we already have an attribute for this cell
2617     {
2618         if ( attr )
2619         {
2620             // change the attribute
2621             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2622         }
2623         else
2624         {
2625             // remove this attribute
2626             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2627         }
2628     }
2629 }
2630
2631 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2632 {
2633     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2634
2635     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2636     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2637     {
2638         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2639         attr->IncRef();
2640     }
2641
2642     return attr;
2643 }
2644
2645 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2646 {
2647     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2648     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2649     {
2650         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2651         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2652         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2653         {
2654             if (numRows > 0)
2655             {
2656                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2657                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2658             }
2659             else if (numRows < 0)
2660             {
2661                 // If rows deleted ...
2662                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2663                 {
2664                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2665                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2666                 }
2667                 else
2668                 {
2669                     // ...or remove the attribute
2670                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2671                     n--;
2672                     count--;
2673                 }
2674             }
2675         }
2676     }
2677 }
2678
2679 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2680 {
2681     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2682     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2683     {
2684         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2685         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2686         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2687         {
2688             if ( numCols > 0 )
2689             {
2690                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2691                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2692             }
2693             else if (numCols < 0)
2694             {
2695                 // If rows deleted ...
2696                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2697                 {
2698                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2699                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2700                 }
2701                 else
2702                 {
2703                     // ...or remove the attribute
2704                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2705                     n--;
2706                     count--;
2707                 }
2708             }
2709         }
2710     }
2711 }
2712
2713 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2714 {
2715     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2716     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2717     {
2718         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2719         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2720         {
2721             return n;
2722         }
2723     }
2724
2725     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2726 }
2727
2728 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2729 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2730 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2731
2732 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2733 {
2734     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2735     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2736     {
2737         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2738     }
2739 }
2740
2741 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2742 {
2743     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2744
2745     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2746     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2747     {
2748         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2749         attr->IncRef();
2750     }
2751
2752     return attr;
2753 }
2754
2755 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2756 {
2757     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2758     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2759     {
2760         if ( attr )
2761         {
2762             // add the attribute
2763             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2764             m_attrs.Add(attr);
2765         }
2766         // nothing to remove
2767     }
2768     else
2769     {
2770         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2771         if ( m_attrs[n] == attr )
2772             // nothing to do
2773             return;
2774         if ( attr )
2775         {
2776             // change the attribute
2777             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2778             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2779         }
2780         else
2781         {
2782             // remove this attribute
2783             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2784             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2785             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2786         }
2787     }
2788 }
2789
2790 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2791 {
2792     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2793     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2794     {
2795         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2796         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2797         {
2798             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2799             {
2800                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2801                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2802             }
2803             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2804             {
2805                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2806                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2807                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2808                 else
2809                 {
2810                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2811                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2812                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2813                     n--;
2814                     count--;
2815                 }
2816             }
2817         }
2818     }
2819 }
2820
2821 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2822 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2823 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2824
2825 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2826 {
2827     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2828 }
2829
2830 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2831 {
2832     delete m_data;
2833 }
2834
2835 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2836 {
2837     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2838 }
2839
2840 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2841                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2842 {
2843     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2844     if ( m_data )
2845     {
2846         switch (kind)
2847         {
2848             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2849                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2850                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2851                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2852                 if (!attr)
2853                 {
2854                     // Basically implement old version.
2855                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2856                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2857                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2858                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2859
2860                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2861                     {
2862                         // Two or more are non NULL
2863                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2864                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2865
2866                         // Order is important..
2867                         if (attrcell)
2868                         {
2869                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2870                             attrcell->DecRef();
2871                         }
2872                         if (attrcol)
2873                         {
2874                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2875                             attrcol->DecRef();
2876                         }
2877                         if (attrrow)
2878                         {
2879                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2880                             attrrow->DecRef();
2881                         }
2882
2883                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2884                         //attr->IncRef();
2885                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2886                     }
2887                     else
2888                     {
2889                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2890                         if (attrrow)
2891                             attr = attrrow;
2892                         if (attrcol)
2893                         {
2894                             if (attr)
2895                                 attr->DecRef();
2896                             attr = attrcol;
2897                         }
2898                         if (attrcell)
2899                         {
2900                             if (attr)
2901                                 attr->DecRef();
2902                             attr = attrcell;
2903                         }
2904                     }
2905                 }
2906                 break;
2907
2908             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2909                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2910                 break;
2911
2912             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2913                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2914                 break;
2915
2916             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2917                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2918                 break;
2919
2920             default:
2921                 // unused as yet...
2922                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2923                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2924                 break;
2925         }
2926     }
2927
2928     return attr;
2929 }
2930
2931 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2932                                      int row, int col)
2933 {
2934     if ( !m_data )
2935         InitData();
2936
2937     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2938 }
2939
2940 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2941 {
2942     if ( !m_data )
2943         InitData();
2944
2945     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2946 }
2947
2948 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2949 {
2950     if ( !m_data )
2951         InitData();
2952
2953     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2954 }
2955
2956 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2957 {
2958     if ( m_data )
2959     {
2960         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2961
2962         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2963     }
2964 }
2965
2966 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2967 {
2968     if ( m_data )
2969     {
2970         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2971
2972         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2973     }
2974 }
2975
2976 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2977 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2978 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2979
2980 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2981 {
2982     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2983     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2984         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2985 }
2986
2987 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2988                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2989                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2990 {
2991     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2992
2993     // is it already registered?
2994     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2995     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2996     {
2997         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2998         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2999     }
3000     else
3001     {
3002         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
3003     }
3004 }
3005
3006 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3007 {
3008     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3009     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3010     {
3011         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
3012         {
3013             return i;
3014         }
3015     }
3016
3017     return wxNOT_FOUND;
3018 }
3019
3020 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3021 {
3022     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3023     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3024     {
3025         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3026         // register it "on the fly"
3027 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3028         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3029         {
3030             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3031                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3032                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3033         }
3034         else
3035 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3036 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3037         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3038         {
3039             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3040                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3041                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3042         }
3043         else
3044 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3045 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3046         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3047         {
3048             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3049                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3050                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3051         }
3052         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3053         {
3054             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3055                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3056                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3057         }
3058         else
3059 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3060 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3061         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3062         {
3063             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3064                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3065                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3066         }
3067         else
3068 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3069         {
3070             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3071         }
3072
3073         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3074         // the last index
3075         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3076     }
3077
3078     return index;
3079 }
3080
3081 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3082 {
3083     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3084     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3085     {
3086         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3087         // are the parameters for the renderer
3088         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3089         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3090         {
3091             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3092         }
3093
3094         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3095         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3096         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3097         rendererOld->DecRef();
3098
3099         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3100         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3101         editor = editor->Clone();
3102         editorOld->DecRef();
3103
3104         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3105         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3106         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3107         editor->SetParameters(params);
3108
3109         // register the new typename
3110         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3111
3112         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3113         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3114     }
3115
3116     return index;
3117 }
3118
3119 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3120 {
3121     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3122     if (renderer)
3123         renderer->IncRef();
3124
3125     return renderer;
3126 }
3127
3128 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3129 {
3130     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3131     if (editor)
3132         editor->IncRef();
3133
3134     return editor;
3135 }
3136
3137 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3138 // wxGridTableBase
3139 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3140
3141 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3142
3143 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3144 {
3145     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3146     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3147 }
3148
3149 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3150 {
3151     delete m_attrProvider;
3152 }
3153
3154 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3155 {
3156     delete m_attrProvider;
3157     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3158 }
3159
3160 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3161 {
3162     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3163     {
3164         // use the default attr provider by default
3165         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3166     }
3167
3168     return true;
3169 }
3170
3171 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3172 {
3173     if ( m_attrProvider )
3174         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3175     else
3176         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3177 }
3178
3179 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3180 {
3181     if ( m_attrProvider )
3182     {
3183         if ( attr )
3184             attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3185         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3186     }
3187     else
3188     {
3189         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3190         // free it now
3191         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3192     }
3193 }
3194
3195 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3196 {
3197     if ( m_attrProvider )
3198     {
3199         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3200         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3201     }
3202     else
3203     {
3204         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3205         // free it now
3206         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3207     }
3208 }
3209
3210 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3211 {
3212     if ( m_attrProvider )
3213     {
3214         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3215         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3216     }
3217     else
3218     {
3219         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3220         // free it now
3221         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3222     }
3223 }
3224
3225 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3226                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3227 {
3228     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3229
3230     return false;
3231 }
3232
3233 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3234 {
3235     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3236
3237     return false;
3238 }
3239
3240 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3241                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3242 {
3243     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3244
3245     return false;
3246 }
3247
3248 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3249                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3250 {
3251     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3252
3253     return false;
3254 }
3255
3256 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3257 {
3258     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3259
3260     return false;
3261 }
3262
3263 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3264                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3265 {
3266     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3267
3268     return false;
3269 }
3270
3271 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3272 {
3273     wxString s;
3274
3275     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3276     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3277     s << row + 1;
3278
3279     return s;
3280 }
3281
3282 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3283 {
3284     // default col labels are:
3285     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3286     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3287     //   etc.
3288
3289     wxString s;
3290     unsigned int i, n;
3291     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3292     {
3293         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3294         col = col / 26 - 1;
3295         if ( col < 0 )
3296             break;
3297     }
3298
3299     // reverse the string...
3300     wxString s2;
3301     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3302     {
3303         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3304     }
3305
3306     return s2;
3307 }
3308
3309 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3310 {
3311     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3312 }
3313
3314 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3315                                      const wxString& typeName )
3316 {
3317     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3318 }
3319
3320 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3321 {
3322     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3323 }
3324
3325 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3326 {
3327     return 0;
3328 }
3329
3330 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3331 {
3332     return 0.0;
3333 }
3334
3335 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3336 {
3337     return false;
3338 }
3339
3340 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3341                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3342 {
3343 }
3344
3345 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3346                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3347 {
3348 }
3349
3350 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3351                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3352 {
3353 }
3354
3355 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3356                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3357 {
3358     return NULL;
3359 }
3360
3361 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3362                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3363                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3364 {
3365 }
3366
3367 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3368 //
3369 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3370 // to the grid view
3371 //
3372
3373 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3374 {
3375     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3376     m_id = -1;
3377     m_comInt1 = -1;
3378     m_comInt2 = -1;
3379 }
3380
3381 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3382                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3383 {
3384     m_table = table;
3385     m_id = id;
3386     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3387     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3388 }
3389
3390 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3391 //
3392 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3393 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3394 //
3395
3396 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3397
3398 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3399
3400 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3401         : wxGridTableBase()
3402 {
3403 }
3404
3405 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3406         : wxGridTableBase()
3407 {
3408     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3409
3410     wxArrayString sa;
3411     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3412     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3413
3414     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3415 }
3416
3417 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3418 {
3419 }
3420
3421 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3422 {
3423     return m_data.GetCount();
3424 }
3425
3426 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3427 {
3428     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3429         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3430     else
3431         return 0;
3432 }
3433
3434 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3435 {
3436     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3437                  wxEmptyString,
3438                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3439
3440     return m_data[row][col];
3441 }
3442
3443 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3444 {
3445     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3446                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3447
3448     m_data[row][col] = value;
3449 }
3450
3451 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3452 {
3453     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3454                  true,
3455                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3456
3457     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3458 }
3459
3460 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3461 {
3462     int row, col;
3463     int numRows, numCols;
3464
3465     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3466     if ( numRows > 0 )
3467     {
3468         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3469
3470         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3471         {
3472             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3473             {
3474                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3475             }
3476         }
3477     }
3478 }
3479
3480 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3481 {
3482     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3483     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3484                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3485
3486     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3487     {
3488         return AppendRows( numRows );
3489     }
3490
3491     wxArrayString sa;
3492     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3493     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3494     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3495
3496     if ( GetView() )
3497     {
3498         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3499                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3500                                 pos,
3501                                 numRows );
3502
3503         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3504     }
3505
3506     return true;
3507 }
3508
3509 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3510 {
3511     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3512     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3513                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3514                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3515
3516     wxArrayString sa;
3517     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3518     {
3519         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3520         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3521     }
3522
3523     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3524
3525     if ( GetView() )
3526     {
3527         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3528                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3529                                 numRows );
3530
3531         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3532     }
3533
3534     return true;
3535 }
3536
3537 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3538 {
3539     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3540
3541     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3542     {
3543         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3544                     (
3545                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3546                         (unsigned long)pos,
3547                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3548                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3549                     ) );
3550
3551         return false;
3552     }
3553
3554     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3555     {
3556         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3557     }
3558
3559     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3560     {
3561         m_data.Clear();
3562     }
3563     else
3564     {
3565         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3566     }
3567
3568     if ( GetView() )
3569     {
3570         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3571                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3572                                 pos,
3573                                 numRows );
3574
3575         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3576     }
3577
3578     return true;
3579 }
3580
3581 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3582 {
3583     size_t row, col;
3584
3585     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3586     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3587                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3588                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3589
3590     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3591     {
3592         return AppendCols( numCols );
3593     }
3594
3595     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3596     {
3597         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3598
3599         size_t i;
3600         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3601             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3602     }
3603
3604     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3605     {
3606         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3607         {
3608             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3609         }
3610     }
3611
3612     if ( GetView() )
3613     {
3614         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3615                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3616                                 pos,
3617                                 numCols );
3618
3619         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3620     }
3621
3622     return true;
3623 }
3624
3625 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3626 {
3627     size_t row;
3628
3629     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3630
3631 #if 0
3632     if ( !curNumRows )
3633     {
3634         // TODO: something better than this ?
3635         //
3636         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3637         return false;
3638     }
3639 #endif
3640
3641     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3642     {
3643         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3644     }
3645
3646     if ( GetView() )
3647     {
3648         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3649                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3650                                 numCols );
3651
3652         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3653     }
3654
3655     return true;
3656 }
3657
3658 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3659 {
3660     size_t row;
3661
3662     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3663     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3664                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3665
3666     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3667     {
3668         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3669                     (
3670                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3671                         (unsigned long)pos,
3672                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3673                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3674                     ) );
3675         return false;
3676     }
3677
3678     int colID;
3679     if ( GetView() )
3680         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3681     else
3682         colID = pos;
3683
3684     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3685     {
3686         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3687     }
3688
3689     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3690     {
3691         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3692         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3693         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3694         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3695         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3696             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3697     }
3698
3699     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3700     {
3701         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3702         {
3703             m_data[row].Clear();
3704         }
3705         else
3706         {
3707             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3708         }
3709     }
3710
3711     if ( GetView() )
3712     {
3713         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3714                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3715                                 pos,
3716                                 numCols );
3717
3718         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3719     }
3720
3721     return true;
3722 }
3723
3724 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3725 {
3726     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3727     {
3728         // using default label
3729         //
3730         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3731     }
3732     else
3733     {
3734         return m_rowLabels[row];
3735     }
3736 }
3737
3738 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3739 {
3740     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3741     {
3742         // using default label
3743         //
3744         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3745     }
3746     else
3747     {
3748         return m_colLabels[col];
3749     }
3750 }
3751
3752 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3753 {
3754     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3755     {
3756         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3757         int i;
3758
3759         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3760         {
3761             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3762         }
3763     }
3764
3765     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3766 }
3767
3768 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3769 {
3770     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3771     {
3772         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3773         int i;
3774
3775         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3776         {
3777             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3778         }
3779     }
3780
3781     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3782 }
3783
3784
3785 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3786 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3787
3788 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3789     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3790 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3791
3792 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3793 {
3794     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3795 }
3796
3797 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3798
3799 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3800     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3801     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3802     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3803 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3804
3805 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3806                                             wxWindowID id,
3807                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3808   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3809 {
3810     m_owner = parent;
3811 }
3812
3813 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3814 {
3815     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3816
3817     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3818     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3819     // set the y coord  - MB
3820     //
3821     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3822
3823     int x, y;
3824     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3825     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3826     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3827
3828     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3829     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3830 }
3831
3832 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3833 {
3834     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3835 }
3836
3837 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3838 {
3839     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3840 }
3841
3842 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3843
3844 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3845
3846 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3847     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3848     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3849     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3850 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3851
3852 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3853                                             wxWindowID id,
3854                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3855   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3856 {
3857     m_owner = parent;
3858 }
3859
3860 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3861 {
3862     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3863
3864     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3865     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3866     // set the x coord  - MB
3867     //
3868     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3869
3870     int x, y;
3871     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3872     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3873     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3874         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3875     else
3876         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3877
3878     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3879     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3880 }
3881
3882 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3883 {
3884     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3885 }
3886
3887 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3888 {
3889     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3890 }
3891
3892 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3893
3894 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3895
3896 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3897     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3898     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3899     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3900 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3901
3902 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3903                                                   wxWindowID id,
3904                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3905   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3906 {
3907     m_owner = parent;
3908 }
3909
3910 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3911 {
3912     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3913
3914     int client_height = 0;
3915     int client_width = 0;
3916     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3917
3918     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3919 #if 0
3920 def __WXGTK__
3921     wxRect rect;
3922     rect.SetX( 1 );
3923     rect.SetY( 1 );
3924     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3925     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3926
3927     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3928 #else // !__WXGTK__
3929     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
3930     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3931     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3932     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3933     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3934
3935     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3936     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3937     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3938 #endif
3939 }
3940
3941 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3942 {
3943     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3944 }
3945
3946 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3947 {
3948     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3949 }
3950
3951 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3952
3953 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3954
3955 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3956     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3957     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3958     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3959     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3960     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3961     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3962     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3963     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3964     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3965 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3966
3967 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3968                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3969                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3970                             wxWindowID id,
3971                             const wxPoint &pos,
3972                             const wxSize &size )
3973             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
3974                               wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN,
3975                               wxT("grid window") )
3976 {
3977     m_owner = parent;
3978     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3979     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3980 }
3981
3982 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3983 {
3984     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3985     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3986     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3987     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3988     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
3989
3990 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3991     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3992 #endif
3993
3994     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3995     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
3996 }
3997
3998 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3999 {
4000     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
4001     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
4002     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
4003 }
4004
4005 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4006 {
4007     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
4008         SetFocus();
4009
4010     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
4011 }
4012
4013 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4014 {
4015     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
4016 }
4017
4018 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
4019 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
4020 //
4021 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4022 {
4023     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4024         event.Skip();
4025 }
4026
4027 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4028 {
4029     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4030         event.Skip();
4031 }
4032
4033 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4034 {
4035     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4036         event.Skip();
4037 }
4038
4039 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4040 {
4041 }
4042
4043 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4044 {
4045     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
4046     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
4047     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
4048     {
4049         Refresh();
4050     }
4051     else
4052     {
4053         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
4054         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
4055         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
4056         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
4057         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
4058         //     branch so that it's always executed.
4059
4060         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
4061         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
4062                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
4063         const wxRect cursor =
4064             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
4065         Refresh(true, &cursor);
4066     }
4067
4068     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4069         event.Skip();
4070 }
4071
4072 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4073
4074 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4075 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4076 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4077 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4078
4079 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4080
4081 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4082                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4083                            bool clipToMinMax);
4084
4085 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4086 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4087                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4088                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4089
4090 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4091
4092 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4093 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4094
4095 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4096     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4097     // use them for streaming out
4098     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4099     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4100     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4101     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4102     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4103     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4104
4105     // old style border flags
4106     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4107     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4108     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4109     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4110     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4111     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4112
4113     // standard window styles
4114     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4115     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4116     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4117     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4118     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4119     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4120     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4121     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4122
4123 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4124
4125 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4126
4127 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4128     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4129     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4130 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4131
4132 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4133 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4134
4135 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4136
4137 /*
4138  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4139 */
4140 #else
4141 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4142 #endif
4143
4144 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4145     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4146     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4147     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4148     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4149     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4150     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4151 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4152
4153 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4154 {
4155     InitVars();
4156 }
4157
4158 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4159                  wxWindowID id,
4160                  const wxPoint& pos,
4161                  const wxSize& size,
4162                  long style,
4163                  const wxString& name )
4164 {
4165     InitVars();
4166     Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
4167 }
4168
4169 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4170                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4171                           long style, const wxString& name)
4172 {
4173     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4174                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4175         return false;
4176
4177     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4178     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4179
4180     Create();
4181     SetInitialSize(size);
4182     CalcDimensions();
4183
4184     return true;
4185 }
4186
4187 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4188 {
4189     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4190     SetTargetWindow(this);
4191     ClearAttrCache();
4192     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4193
4194 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4195     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4196     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4197                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4198              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4199              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4200 #endif
4201
4202     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4203     // with dangling view pointer
4204     if ( m_ownTable )
4205         delete m_table;
4206     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4207         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4208
4209     delete m_typeRegistry;
4210     delete m_selection;
4211 }
4212
4213 //
4214 // ----- internal init and update functions
4215 //
4216
4217 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4218 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4219 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4220
4221 void wxGrid::Create()
4222 {
4223     // create the type registry
4224     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4225
4226     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4227
4228     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4229
4230     // Set default cell attributes
4231     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4232     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4233     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4234     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4235     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4236     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4237
4238 #if _USE_VISATTR
4239     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4240     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4241
4242     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4243     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4244
4245 #else
4246     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4247         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4248     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4249         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4250 #endif
4251
4252     m_numRows = 0;
4253     m_numCols = 0;
4254     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4255
4256     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4257     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4258
4259     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4260     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4261                                               wxID_ANY,
4262                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4263                                               wxDefaultSize );
4264
4265     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4266                                               wxID_ANY,
4267                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4268                                               wxDefaultSize );
4269
4270     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4271                                                     wxID_ANY,
4272                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4273                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4274
4275     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4276                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4277                                   m_colLabelWin,
4278                                   wxID_ANY,
4279                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4280                                   wxDefaultSize );
4281
4282     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4283
4284 #if _USE_VISATTR
4285     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4286     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4287     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4288     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4289 #else
4290     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4291     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4292     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4293     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4294 #endif
4295
4296     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4297     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4298     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4299     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4300     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4301     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4302
4303     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4304     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4305
4306     Init();
4307 }
4308
4309 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4310                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4311 {
4312     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4313                  false,
4314                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4315
4316     m_numRows = numRows;
4317     m_numCols = numCols;
4318
4319     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4320     m_table->SetView( this );
4321     m_ownTable = true;
4322     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4323
4324     CalcDimensions();
4325
4326     m_created = true;
4327
4328     return m_created;
4329 }
4330
4331 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4332 {
4333     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4334                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4335
4336     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4337 }
4338
4339 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4340 {
4341     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4342                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4343
4344     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4345 }
4346
4347 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4348                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4349 {
4350     bool checkSelection = false;
4351     if ( m_created )
4352     {
4353         // stop all processing
4354         m_created = false;
4355
4356         if (m_table)
4357         {
4358             m_table->SetView(0);
4359             if( m_ownTable )
4360                 delete m_table;
4361             m_table = NULL;
4362         }
4363
4364         delete m_selection;
4365         m_selection = NULL;
4366
4367         m_ownTable = false;
4368         m_numRows = 0;
4369         m_numCols = 0;
4370         checkSelection = true;
4371
4372         // kill row and column size arrays
4373         m_colWidths.Empty();
4374         m_colRights.Empty();
4375         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4376         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4377     }
4378
4379     if (table)
4380     {
4381         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4382         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4383
4384         m_table = table;
4385         m_table->SetView( this );
4386         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4387         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4388         if (checkSelection)
4389         {
4390             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4391             // original one current cell and selection regions
4392             // might be invalid,
4393             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4394             m_currentCellCoords =
4395               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4396                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4397             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4398                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4399             {
4400                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4401                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4402             }
4403             else
4404                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4405                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4406                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4407                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4408                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4409         }
4410         CalcDimensions();
4411
4412         m_created = true;
4413     }
4414
4415     return m_created;
4416 }
4417
4418 void wxGrid::InitVars()
4419 {
4420     m_created = false;
4421
4422     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4423     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4424     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4425     m_gridWin = NULL;
4426
4427     m_table = NULL;
4428     m_ownTable = false;
4429
4430     m_selection = NULL;
4431     m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
4432     m_typeRegistry = NULL;
4433     m_winCapture = NULL;
4434 }
4435
4436 void wxGrid::Init()
4437 {
4438     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4439     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4440
4441     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4442     {
4443         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4444     }
4445     else
4446     {
4447         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4448     }
4449
4450     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4451
4452     // init attr cache
4453     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4454     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4455     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4456
4457     // TODO: something better than this ?
4458     //
4459     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4460     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4461
4462     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4463     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4464
4465     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4466     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4467     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4468
4469     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4470     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4471
4472     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4473     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4474
4475 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4476     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4477 #else
4478     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4479 #endif
4480
4481     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4482     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4483     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4484     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4485     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4486
4487     m_canDragColMove = false;
4488
4489     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4490     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4491     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4492     m_canDragColSize = true;
4493     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4494     m_canDragCell = false;
4495     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4496     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4497     m_isDragging = false;
4498     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4499     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4500
4501     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4502
4503     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4504     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4505
4506     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4507
4508     ClearSelection();
4509
4510     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4511     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4512
4513     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4514
4515     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4516     m_batchCount = 0;
4517
4518     m_extraWidth =
4519     m_extraHeight = 0;
4520
4521     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4522     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4523 }
4524
4525 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4526 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4527 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4528 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4529 // arrays at all
4530 //
4531 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4532 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4533 // this is not done currently
4534 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4535
4536 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4537 {
4538     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4539     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4540
4541     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4542     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4543
4544     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4545
4546     int rowBottom = 0;
4547     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4548     {
4549         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4550         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4551     }
4552 }
4553
4554 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4555 {
4556     m_colWidths.Empty();
4557     m_colRights.Empty();
4558
4559     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4560     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4561
4562     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4563
4564     int colRight = 0;
4565     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4566     {
4567         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4568         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4569     }
4570 }
4571
4572 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4573 {
4574     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4575 }
4576
4577 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4578 {
4579     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4580                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4581 }
4582
4583 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4584 {
4585     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4586                                  : m_colRights[col];
4587 }
4588
4589 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4590 {
4591     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4592 }
4593
4594 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4595 {
4596     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4597                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4598 }
4599
4600 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4601 {
4602     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4603                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4604 }
4605
4606 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4607 {
4608     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4609     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4610     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4611
4612     w += m_extraWidth;
4613     h += m_extraHeight;
4614
4615     // take into account editor if shown
4616     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4617     {
4618         int w2, h2;
4619         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4620         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4621         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4622         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4623
4624         // how big is the editor
4625         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4626         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4627         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4628         w2 += x;
4629         h2 += y;
4630         if ( w2 > w )
4631             w = w2;
4632         if ( h2 > h )
4633             h = h2;
4634         editor->DecRef();
4635         attr->DecRef();
4636     }
4637
4638     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4639     int x, y;
4640     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4641
4642     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4643     if ( x >= w )
4644         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4645     if ( y >= h )
4646         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4647
4648     // do set scrollbar parameters
4649     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4650                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h),
4651                    x, y,
4652                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4653
4654     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4655     // still must reposition the children
4656     CalcWindowSizes();
4657 }
4658
4659 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4660 {
4661     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4662
4663     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4664         return;
4665
4666     int cw, ch;
4667     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4668
4669     // this block of code tries to work around the following problem: the grid
4670     // could have been just resized to have enough space to show the full grid
4671     // window contents without the scrollbars, but its client size could be
4672     // not big enough because the grid has the scrollbars right now and so the
4673     // scrollbars would remain even though we don't need them any more
4674     //
4675     // to prevent this from happening, check if we have enough space for
4676     // everything without the scrollbars and explicitly disable them then
4677     wxSize size = GetSize() - GetWindowBorderSize();
4678     if ( size != wxSize(cw, ch) )
4679     {
4680         // check if we have enough space for grid window after accounting for
4681         // the fixed size elements
4682         size.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4683         size.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4684
4685         const wxSize vsize = m_gridWin->GetVirtualSize();
4686
4687         if ( size.x >= vsize.x && size.y >= vsize.y )
4688         {
4689             // yes, we do, so remove the scrollbars and use the new client size
4690             // (which should be the same as full window size - borders now)
4691             SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0);
4692             GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
4693         }
4694     }
4695
4696     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
4697     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
4698     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
4699     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
4700     if (gw < 0)
4701         gw = 0;
4702     if (gh < 0)
4703         gh = 0;
4704
4705     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4706         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4707
4708     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4709         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
4710
4711     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4712         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
4713
4714     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4715         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
4716 }
4717
4718 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4719 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4720 //
4721 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4722 {
4723     int i;
4724     bool result = false;
4725
4726     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4727     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4728     ClearAttrCache();
4729
4730     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4731     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4732     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4733     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4734     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4735     HideCellEditControl();
4736
4737 #if 0
4738     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4739     // now
4740     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4741     {
4742         InitColWidths();
4743     }
4744
4745     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4746     {
4747         InitRowHeights();
4748     }
4749 #endif
4750
4751     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4752     {
4753         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4754         {
4755             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4756             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4757
4758             m_numRows += numRows;
4759
4760             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4761             {
4762                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4763                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4764
4765                 int bottom = 0;
4766                 if ( pos > 0 )
4767                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4768
4769                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4770                 {
4771                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4772                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4773                 }
4774             }
4775
4776             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4777             {
4778                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4779                 // cell will be undefined...
4780                 //
4781                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4782             }
4783
4784             if ( m_selection )
4785                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4786             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4787             if (attrProvider)
4788                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4789
4790             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4791             {
4792                 CalcDimensions();
4793                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4794             }
4795         }
4796         result = true;
4797         break;
4798
4799         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4800         {
4801             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4802             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4803             m_numRows += numRows;
4804
4805             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4806             {
4807                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4808                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4809
4810                 int bottom = 0;
4811                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4812                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4813
4814                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4815                 {
4816                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4817                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4818                 }
4819             }
4820
4821             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4822             {
4823                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4824                 // cell will be undefined...
4825                 //
4826                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4827             }
4828
4829             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4830             {
4831                 CalcDimensions();
4832                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4833             }
4834         }
4835         result = true;
4836         break;
4837
4838         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4839         {
4840             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4841             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4842             m_numRows -= numRows;
4843
4844             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4845             {
4846                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4847                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4848
4849                 int h = 0;
4850                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4851                 {
4852                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4853                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4854                 }
4855             }
4856
4857             if ( !m_numRows )
4858             {
4859                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4860             }
4861             else
4862             {
4863                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4864                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4865             }
4866
4867             if ( m_selection )
4868                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4869             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4870             if (attrProvider)
4871             {
4872                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4873
4874 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4875 #if 0
4876                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4877                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4878                 // all column attributes.
4879                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4880                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4881                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4882                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4883 #endif
4884             }
4885
4886             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4887             {
4888                 CalcDimensions();
4889                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4890             }
4891         }
4892         result = true;
4893         break;
4894
4895         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4896         {
4897             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4898             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4899             m_numCols += numCols;
4900
4901             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4902             {
4903                 //Shift the column IDs
4904                 int i;
4905                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4906                 {
4907                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4908                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4909                 }
4910
4911                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4912
4913                 //Set the new columns' positions
4914                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4915                 {
4916                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4917                 }
4918             }
4919
4920             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4921             {
4922                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4923                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4924
4925                 int right = 0;
4926                 if ( pos > 0 )
4927                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4928
4929                 int colPos;
4930                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4931                 {
4932                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4933
4934                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4935                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4936                 }
4937             }
4938
4939             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4940             {
4941                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4942                 // cell will be undefined...
4943                 //
4944                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4945             }
4946
4947             if ( m_selection )
4948                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4949             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4950             if (attrProvider)
4951                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4952             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4953             {
4954                 CalcDimensions();
4955                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4956             }
4957         }
4958         result = true;
4959         break;
4960
4961         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4962         {
4963             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4964             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4965             m_numCols += numCols;
4966
4967             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4968             {
4969                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4970
4971                 //Set the new columns' positions
4972                 int i;
4973                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4974                 {
4975                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4976                 }
4977             }
4978
4979             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4980             {
4981                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4982                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4983
4984                 int right = 0;
4985                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4986                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
4987
4988                 int colPos;
4989                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4990                 {
4991                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4992
4993                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4994                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4995                 }
4996             }
4997
4998             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4999             {
5000                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5001                 // cell will be undefined...
5002                 //
5003                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5004             }
5005             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5006             {
5007                 CalcDimensions();
5008                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5009             }
5010         }
5011         result = true;
5012         break;
5013
5014         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5015         {
5016             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5017             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5018             m_numCols -= numCols;
5019
5020             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5021             {
5022                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5023
5024                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5025
5026                 //Shift the column IDs
5027                 int colPos;
5028                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5029                 {
5030                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5031                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5032                 }
5033             }
5034
5035             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5036             {
5037                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5038                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5039
5040                 int w = 0;
5041                 int colPos;
5042                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5043                 {
5044                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5045
5046                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5047                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5048                 }
5049             }
5050
5051             if ( !m_numCols )
5052             {
5053                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5054             }
5055             else
5056             {
5057                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5058                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5059             }
5060
5061             if ( m_selection )
5062                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5063             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5064             if (attrProvider)
5065             {
5066                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5067
5068 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5069 #if 0
5070                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5071                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5072                 // all row attributes.
5073                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5074                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5075                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5076                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5077 #endif
5078             }
5079
5080             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5081             {
5082                 CalcDimensions();
5083                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5084             }
5085         }
5086         result = true;
5087         break;
5088     }
5089
5090     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5091         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5092
5093     return result;
5094 }
5095
5096 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5097 {
5098     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5099     wxRect r;
5100
5101     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5102
5103     int top, bottom;
5104     while ( iter )
5105     {
5106         r = iter.GetRect();
5107
5108         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5109         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5110         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5111         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5112         //
5113 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5114         int cw, ch;
5115         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5116         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5117             r.SetTop( 0 );
5118         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5119 #endif
5120
5121         // logical bounds of update region
5122         //
5123         int dummy;
5124         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5125         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5126
5127         // find the row labels within these bounds
5128         //
5129         int row;
5130         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5131         {
5132             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5133                 continue;
5134
5135             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5136                 break;
5137
5138             rowlabels.Add( row );
5139         }
5140
5141         ++iter;
5142     }
5143
5144     return rowlabels;
5145 }
5146
5147 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5148 {
5149     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5150     wxRect r;
5151
5152     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5153
5154     int left, right;
5155     while ( iter )
5156     {
5157         r = iter.GetRect();
5158
5159         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5160         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5161         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5162         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5163         //
5164 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5165         int cw, ch;
5166         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5167         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5168             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5169         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5170 #endif
5171
5172         // logical bounds of update region
5173         //
5174         int dummy;
5175         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5176         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5177
5178         // find the cells within these bounds
5179         //
5180         int col;
5181         int colPos;
5182         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5183         {
5184             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5185
5186             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5187                 continue;
5188
5189             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5190                 break;
5191
5192             colLabels.Add( col );
5193         }
5194
5195         ++iter;
5196     }
5197
5198     return colLabels;
5199 }
5200
5201 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5202 {
5203     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5204     wxRect r;
5205
5206     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5207
5208     int left, top, right, bottom;
5209     while ( iter )
5210     {
5211         r = iter.GetRect();
5212
5213         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5214         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5215         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5216         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5217         //
5218 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5219         int cw, ch;
5220         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5221         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5222         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5223         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5224         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5225 #endif
5226
5227         // logical bounds of update region
5228         //
5229         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5230         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5231
5232         // find the cells within these bounds
5233         //
5234         int row, col;
5235         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5236         {
5237             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5238                 continue;
5239
5240             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5241                 break;
5242
5243             int colPos;
5244             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5245             {
5246                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5247
5248                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5249                     continue;
5250
5251                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5252                     break;
5253
5254                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5255             }
5256         }
5257
5258         ++iter;
5259     }
5260
5261     return cellsExposed;
5262 }
5263
5264
5265 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5266 {
5267     int x, y, row;
5268     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5269     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5270
5271     if ( event.Dragging() )
5272     {
5273         if (!m_isDragging)
5274         {
5275             m_isDragging = true;
5276             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5277         }
5278
5279         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5280         {
5281             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5282             {
5283                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5284                 {
5285                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5286                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5287                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5288
5289                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5290                     PrepareDC( dc );
5291                     y = wxMax( y,
5292                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5293                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5294                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5295                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5296                     {
5297                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5298                     }
5299                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5300                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5301                 }
5302                 break;
5303
5304                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5305                 {
5306                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5307                     {
5308                         if ( m_selection )
5309                         {
5310                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5311                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5312                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5313                                                     event.AltDown(),
5314                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5315                         }
5316                     }
5317                 }
5318                 break;
5319
5320                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5321                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5322                 default:
5323                     break;
5324             }
5325         }
5326         return;
5327     }
5328
5329     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5330         return;
5331
5332     if (m_isDragging)
5333     {
5334         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5335             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5336         m_isDragging = false;
5337     }
5338
5339     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5340     //
5341     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5342     {
5343         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5344     }
5345
5346     // ------------ Left button pressed
5347     //
5348     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5349     {
5350         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5351         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5352         // wanting to resize the row
5353         //
5354         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5355         {
5356             row = YToRow(y);
5357             if ( row >= 0 &&
5358                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5359             {
5360                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5361                     ClearSelection();
5362                 if ( m_selection )
5363                 {
5364                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5365                     {
5366                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5367                                                   0,
5368                                                   row,
5369                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5370                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5371                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5372                                                   event.AltDown(),
5373                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5374                     }
5375                     else
5376                     {
5377                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5378                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5379                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5380                                                 event.AltDown(),
5381                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5382                     }
5383                 }
5384
5385                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5386             }
5387         }
5388         else
5389         {
5390             // starting to drag-resize a row
5391             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5392                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5393         }
5394     }
5395
5396     // ------------ Left double click
5397     //
5398     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5399     {
5400         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5401         if ( row < 0 )
5402         {
5403             row = YToRow(y);
5404             if ( row >=0 &&
5405                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5406             {
5407                 // no default action at the moment
5408             }
5409         }
5410         else
5411         {
5412             // adjust row height depending on label text
5413             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5414
5415             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5416             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5417         }
5418     }
5419
5420     // ------------ Left button released
5421     //
5422     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5423     {
5424         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5425         {
5426             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5427
5428             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5429             // default processing in this case
5430             //
5431             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5432         }
5433
5434         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5435         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5436     }
5437
5438     // ------------ Right button down
5439     //
5440     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5441     {
5442         row = YToRow(y);
5443         if ( row >=0 &&
5444              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5445         {
5446             // no default action at the moment
5447         }
5448     }
5449
5450     // ------------ Right double click
5451     //
5452     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5453     {
5454         row = YToRow(y);
5455         if ( row >= 0 &&
5456              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5457         {
5458             // no default action at the moment
5459         }
5460     }
5461
5462     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5463     //
5464     else if ( event.Moving() )
5465     {
5466         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5467         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5468         {
5469             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5470             {
5471                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5472                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5473                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5474             }
5475         }
5476         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5477         {
5478             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5479         }
5480     }
5481 }
5482
5483 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5484 {
5485     int x, y, col;
5486     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5487     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5488
5489     if ( event.Dragging() )
5490     {
5491         if (!m_isDragging)
5492         {
5493             m_isDragging = true;
5494             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5495
5496             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5497                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5498         }
5499
5500         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5501         {
5502             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5503             {
5504                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5505                 {
5506                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5507                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5508                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5509
5510                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5511                     PrepareDC( dc );
5512
5513                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5514                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5515                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5516                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5517                     {
5518                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5519                     }
5520                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5521                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5522                 }
5523                 break;
5524
5525                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5526                 {
5527                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5528                     {
5529                         if ( m_selection )
5530                         {
5531                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5532                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5533                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5534                                                     event.AltDown(),
5535                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5536                         }
5537                     }
5538                 }
5539                 break;
5540
5541                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5542                 {
5543                     if ( x < 0 )
5544                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5545                     else
5546                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5547
5548                     int markerX;
5549
5550                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5551                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5552                     else
5553                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5554
5555                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5556                     {
5557                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5558
5559                         int cw, ch;
5560                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5561
5562                         markerX++;
5563
5564                         //Clean up the last indicator
5565                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5566                         {
5567                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5568                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5569                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5570                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5571
5572                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5573                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5574                         }
5575
5576                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5577                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5578                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5579                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5580                         {
5581                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5582                             return;
5583                         }
5584
5585                         //Draw the marker
5586                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5587                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5588
5589                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5590
5591                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5592
5593                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5594                     }
5595                 }
5596                 break;
5597
5598                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5599                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5600                 default:
5601                     break;
5602             }
5603         }
5604         return;
5605     }
5606
5607     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5608         return;
5609
5610     if (m_isDragging)
5611     {
5612         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5613             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5614         m_isDragging = false;
5615     }
5616
5617     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5618     //
5619     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5620     {
5621         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5622     }
5623
5624     // ------------ Left button pressed
5625     //
5626     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5627     {
5628         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5629         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5630         // wanting to resize the col
5631         //
5632         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5633         {
5634             col = XToCol(x);
5635             if ( col >= 0 &&
5636                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5637             {
5638                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5639                 {
5640                     //Show button as pressed
5641                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5642                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5643                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5644                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5645                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5646                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5647
5648                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5649                 }
5650                 else
5651                 {
5652                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5653                         ClearSelection();
5654                     if ( m_selection )
5655                     {
5656                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5657                         {
5658                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5659                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5660                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5661                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5662                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5663                                                       event.AltDown(),
5664                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5665                         }
5666                         else
5667                         {
5668                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5669                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5670                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5671                                                     event.AltDown(),
5672                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5673                         }
5674                     }
5675
5676                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5677                 }
5678             }
5679         }
5680         else
5681         {
5682             // starting to drag-resize a col
5683             //
5684             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5685                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5686         }
5687     }
5688
5689     // ------------ Left double click
5690     //
5691     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5692     {
5693         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5694         if ( col < 0 )
5695         {
5696             col = XToCol(x);
5697             if ( col >= 0 &&
5698                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5699             {
5700                 // no default action at the moment
5701             }
5702         }
5703         else
5704         {
5705             // adjust column width depending on label text
5706             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5707
5708             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5709             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5710         }
5711     }
5712
5713     // ------------ Left button released
5714     //
5715     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5716     {
5717         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5718         {
5719             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5720                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5721
5722                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5723                 // default processing in this case
5724                 //
5725                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5726                 break;
5727
5728             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5729                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5730
5731                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5732                 break;
5733
5734             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5735             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5736             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5737             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5738                 // nothing to do (?)
5739                 break;
5740         }
5741
5742         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5743         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5744     }
5745
5746     // ------------ Right button down
5747     //
5748     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5749     {
5750         col = XToCol(x);
5751         if ( col >= 0 &&
5752              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5753         {
5754             // no default action at the moment
5755         }
5756     }
5757
5758     // ------------ Right double click
5759     //
5760     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5761     {
5762         col = XToCol(x);
5763         if ( col >= 0 &&
5764              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5765         {
5766             // no default action at the moment
5767         }
5768     }
5769
5770     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5771     //
5772     else if ( event.Moving() )
5773     {
5774         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5775         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5776         {
5777             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5778             {
5779                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5780                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5781                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5782             }
5783         }
5784         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5785         {
5786             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5787         }
5788     }
5789 }
5790
5791 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5792 {
5793     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5794     {
5795         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5796         // col args == -1
5797         //
5798         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5799         {
5800             SelectAll();
5801         }
5802     }
5803     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5804     {
5805         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5806     }
5807     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5808     {
5809         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5810         {
5811             // no default action at the moment
5812         }
5813     }
5814     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5815     {
5816         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5817         {
5818             // no default action at the moment
5819         }
5820     }
5821 }
5822
5823 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5824 {
5825     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5826     if ( m_winCapture )
5827     {
5828         m_isDragging = false;
5829         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5830         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5831         m_winCapture = NULL;
5832
5833         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5834         Refresh();
5835     }
5836 }
5837
5838 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5839                               wxWindow *win,
5840                               bool captureMouse)
5841 {
5842 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5843     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5844     {
5845         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5846         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5847         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5848         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5849         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5850         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5851     };
5852
5853     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5854                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5855                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5856                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5857                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5858                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5859 #endif
5860
5861     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5862          win == m_winCapture &&
5863          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5864         return;
5865
5866     if ( !win )
5867     {
5868         // by default use the grid itself
5869         win = m_gridWin;
5870     }
5871
5872     if ( m_winCapture )
5873     {
5874         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5875             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5876         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5877     }
5878
5879     m_cursorMode = mode;
5880
5881     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5882     {
5883         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5884             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5885             break;
5886
5887         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5888             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5889             break;
5890
5891         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5892             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5893             break;
5894
5895         default:
5896             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5897             break;
5898     }
5899
5900     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5901     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5902                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5903
5904     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5905     {
5906         win->CaptureMouse();
5907         m_winCapture = win;
5908     }
5909 }
5910
5911 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5912 {
5913     int x, y;
5914     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5915     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5916
5917     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5918     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5919
5920     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5921     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5922     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5923     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5924     {
5925         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5926         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5927     }
5928
5929     if ( event.Dragging() )
5930     {
5931         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5932
5933         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5934         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5935         if (! m_isDragging)
5936         {
5937             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5938             {
5939                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5940                 return;
5941             }
5942             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5943                 return;
5944         }
5945
5946         m_isDragging = true;
5947         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5948         {
5949             // Hide the edit control, so it
5950             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5951             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5952             {
5953                 HideCellEditControl();
5954                 SaveEditControlValue();
5955             }
5956
5957             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5958             {
5959                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5960                 {
5961                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5962                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5963                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5964                 }
5965                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5966                 {
5967                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5968                     {
5969                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5970                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5971
5972                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5973                                    coords.GetRow(),
5974                                    coords.GetCol(),
5975                                    event );
5976                         return;
5977                     }
5978                 }
5979                 else
5980                 {
5981                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5982                     {
5983                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5984                     }
5985                     else
5986                     {
5987                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5988                     }
5989                 }
5990
5991                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5992                 {
5993                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5994                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5995                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5996                 }
5997             }
5998             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5999             if (! m_winCapture)
6000             {
6001                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
6002                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
6003             }
6004
6005
6006         }
6007         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6008         {
6009             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6010             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6011             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6012
6013             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6014             PrepareDC( dc );
6015             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6016                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6017             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6018             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6019             {
6020                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
6021             }
6022             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
6023             m_dragLastPos = y;
6024         }
6025         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6026         {
6027             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6028             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6029             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6030
6031             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6032             PrepareDC( dc );
6033             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6034                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6035             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6036             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6037             {
6038                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6039             }
6040             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6041             m_dragLastPos = x;
6042         }
6043
6044         return;
6045     }
6046
6047     m_isDragging = false;
6048     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6049
6050     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6051     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6052     //     wxGTK
6053 #if 0
6054     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6055     {
6056         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6057         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6058     }
6059     else
6060 #endif // 0
6061
6062     // ------------ Left button pressed
6063     //
6064     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6065     {
6066         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6067                        coords.GetRow(),
6068                        coords.GetCol(),
6069                        event ) )
6070         {
6071             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6072                 ClearSelection();
6073             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6074             {
6075                 if ( m_selection )
6076                 {
6077                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6078                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6079                                               coords.GetRow(),
6080                                               coords.GetCol(),
6081                                               event.ControlDown(),
6082                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6083                                               event.AltDown(),
6084                                               event.MetaDown() );
6085                 }
6086             }
6087             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6088                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6089             {
6090                 DisableCellEditControl();
6091                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6092
6093                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6094                 {
6095                     if ( m_selection )
6096                     {
6097                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6098                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6099                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6100                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6101                                                           event.AltDown(),
6102                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6103                     }
6104                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6105                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6106                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6107                 }
6108                 else
6109                 {
6110                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6111                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6112                     if ( m_selection )
6113                     {
6114                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
6115                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
6116                         {
6117                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6118                         }
6119                     }
6120                 }
6121             }
6122         }
6123     }
6124
6125     // ------------ Left double click
6126     //
6127     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6128     {
6129         DisableCellEditControl();
6130
6131         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6132         {
6133             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6134                              coords.GetRow(),
6135                              coords.GetCol(),
6136                              event ) )
6137             {
6138                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6139                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6140                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6141             }
6142         }
6143     }
6144
6145     // ------------ Left button released
6146     //
6147     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6148     {
6149         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6150         {
6151             if (m_winCapture)
6152             {
6153                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6154                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6155                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6156             }
6157
6158             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6159             {
6160                 ClearSelection();
6161                 EnableCellEditControl();
6162
6163                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6164                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6165                 editor->StartingClick();
6166                 editor->DecRef();
6167                 attr->DecRef();
6168
6169                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6170             }
6171             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6172                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6173             {
6174                 if ( m_selection )
6175                 {
6176                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6177                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6178                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6179                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6180                                               event.ControlDown(),
6181                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6182                                               event.AltDown(),
6183                                               event.MetaDown() );
6184                 }
6185
6186                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6187                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6188
6189                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6190                 // drag-shrinking.
6191                 ShowCellEditControl();
6192             }
6193         }
6194         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6195         {
6196             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6197             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6198
6199             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6200             // default processing in this case
6201             //
6202             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6203         }
6204         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6205         {
6206             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6207             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6208
6209             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6210             // default processing in this case
6211             //
6212             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6213         }
6214
6215         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6216     }
6217
6218     // ------------ Right button down
6219     //
6220     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6221     {
6222         DisableCellEditControl();
6223         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6224                          coords.GetRow(),
6225                          coords.GetCol(),
6226                          event ) )
6227         {
6228             // no default action at the moment
6229         }
6230     }
6231
6232     // ------------ Right double click
6233     //
6234     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6235     {
6236         DisableCellEditControl();
6237         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6238                          coords.GetRow(),
6239                          coords.GetCol(),
6240                          event ) )
6241         {
6242             // no default action at the moment
6243         }
6244     }
6245
6246     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6247     //
6248     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6249     {
6250         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6251         {
6252             // out of grid cell area
6253             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6254             return;
6255         }
6256
6257         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6258         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6259
6260         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6261         // directions is not implemented yet...
6262         //
6263         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6264         {
6265             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6266             return;
6267         }
6268
6269         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6270         {
6271             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6272
6273             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6274             {
6275                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6276                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6277             }
6278         }
6279         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6280         {
6281             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6282
6283             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6284             {
6285                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6286                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6287             }
6288         }
6289         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6290         {
6291             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6292             {
6293                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6294             }
6295         }
6296     }
6297 }
6298
6299 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6300 {
6301     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6302     {
6303         // erase the last line and resize the row
6304         //
6305         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6306         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6307         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6308
6309         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6310         PrepareDC( dc );
6311         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6312         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6313         HideCellEditControl();
6314         SaveEditControlValue();
6315
6316         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6317         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6318                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6319
6320         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6321         {
6322             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6323             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6324             rect.x = 0;
6325             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6326             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6327             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6328             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6329             rect.width = cw;
6330
6331             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6332             if (m_table)
6333             {
6334                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6335                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6336                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6337                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6338                 {
6339                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6340                     {
6341                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6342                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6343                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6344                     }
6345                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6346                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6347                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6348                 }
6349             }
6350             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6351         }
6352
6353         ShowCellEditControl();
6354     }
6355 }
6356
6357
6358 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6359 {
6360     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6361     {
6362         // erase the last line and resize the col
6363         //
6364         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6365         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6366         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6367
6368         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6369         PrepareDC( dc );
6370         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6371         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6372         HideCellEditControl();
6373         SaveEditControlValue();
6374
6375         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6376         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6377                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6378                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6379
6380         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6381         {
6382             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6383             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6384             rect.y = 0;
6385             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6386             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6387             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6388             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6389             rect.height = ch;
6390
6391             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6392             if (m_table)
6393             {
6394                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6395                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6396                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6397                 if (topRow >= 0)
6398                 {
6399                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6400                     {
6401                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6402                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6403                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6404                     }
6405
6406                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6407                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6408                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6409                 }
6410             }
6411
6412             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6413         }
6414
6415         ShowCellEditControl();
6416     }
6417 }
6418
6419 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6420 {
6421     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6422     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6423     {
6424         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6425         return;
6426     }
6427
6428     int newPos;
6429     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6430         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6431     else
6432     {
6433         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6434         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6435             newPos--;
6436     }
6437
6438     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6439 }
6440
6441 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6442 {
6443     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6444     {
6445         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6446
6447         int i;
6448         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6449         {
6450             m_colAt.Add( i );
6451         }
6452     }
6453
6454     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6455
6456     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6457     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6458     {
6459         int i;
6460         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6461         {
6462             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6463         }
6464     }
6465     else
6466     {
6467         int i;
6468         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6469         {
6470             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6471         }
6472     }
6473
6474     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6475
6476     //Recalculate the column rights
6477     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6478     {
6479         int colRight = 0;
6480         int colPos;
6481         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6482         {
6483             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6484
6485             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6486             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6487         }
6488     }
6489
6490     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6491     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6492 }
6493
6494
6495
6496 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6497 {
6498     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6499         return;
6500
6501     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6502
6503     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6504     {
6505         m_colAt.Clear();
6506
6507         //Recalculate the column rights
6508         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6509         {
6510             int colRight = 0;
6511             int colPos;
6512             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6513             {
6514                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6515                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6516             }
6517         }
6518
6519         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6520         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6521     }
6522 }
6523
6524
6525 //
6526 // ------ interaction with data model
6527 //
6528 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6529 {
6530     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6531     {
6532         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6533             return GetModelValues();
6534
6535         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6536             return SetModelValues();
6537
6538         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6539         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6540         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6541         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6542         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6543         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6544             return Redimension( msg );
6545
6546         default:
6547             return false;
6548     }
6549 }
6550
6551 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6552 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6553 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6554 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6555 //
6556 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6557 {
6558     if ( m_table )
6559     {
6560         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6561             DisableCellEditControl();
6562
6563         m_table->Clear();
6564         if (!GetBatchCount())
6565             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6566     }
6567 }
6568
6569 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6570 {
6571     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6572
6573     if ( !m_created )
6574     {
6575         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6576         return false;
6577     }
6578
6579     if ( m_table )
6580     {
6581         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6582             DisableCellEditControl();
6583
6584         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6585         return done;
6586
6587         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6588         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6589     }
6590
6591     return false;
6592 }
6593
6594 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6595 {
6596     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6597
6598     if ( !m_created )
6599     {
6600         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6601         return false;
6602     }
6603
6604     if ( m_table )
6605     {
6606         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6607         return done;
6608
6609         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6610         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6611     }
6612
6613     return false;
6614 }
6615
6616 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6617 {
6618     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6619
6620     if ( !m_created )
6621     {
6622         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6623         return false;
6624     }
6625
6626     if ( m_table )
6627     {
6628         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6629             DisableCellEditControl();
6630
6631         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6632         return done;
6633         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6634         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6635     }
6636
6637     return false;
6638 }
6639
6640 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6641 {
6642     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6643
6644     if ( !m_created )
6645     {
6646         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6647         return false;
6648     }
6649
6650     if ( m_table )
6651     {
6652         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6653             DisableCellEditControl();
6654
6655         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6656         return done;
6657         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6658         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6659     }
6660
6661     return false;
6662 }
6663
6664 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6665 {
6666     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6667
6668     if ( !m_created )
6669     {
6670         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6671         return false;
6672     }
6673
6674     if ( m_table )
6675     {
6676         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6677         return done;
6678         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6679         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6680     }
6681
6682     return false;
6683 }
6684
6685 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6686 {
6687     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6688
6689     if ( !m_created )
6690     {
6691         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6692         return false;
6693     }
6694
6695     if ( m_table )
6696     {
6697         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6698             DisableCellEditControl();
6699
6700         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6701         return done;
6702         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6703         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6704     }
6705
6706     return false;
6707 }
6708
6709 //
6710 // ----- event handlers
6711 //
6712
6713 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6714 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6715 //
6716 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6717                         int row, int col,
6718                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6719 {
6720    bool claimed, vetoed;
6721
6722    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6723    {
6724        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6725
6726        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6727                type,
6728                this,
6729                rowOrCol,
6730                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6731                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6732                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6733                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6734                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6735                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6736
6737        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6738        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6739    }
6740    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6741    {
6742        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6743        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6744                type,
6745                this,
6746                m_selectingTopLeft,
6747                m_selectingBottomRight,
6748                true,
6749                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6750                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6751                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6752                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6753
6754        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6755        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6756    }
6757    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6758              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6759              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6760              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6761    {
6762        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6763
6764        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6765            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6766        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6767            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6768
6769        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6770                type,
6771                this,
6772                row, col,
6773                pos.x,
6774                pos.y,
6775                false,
6776                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6777                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6778                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6779                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6780        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6781        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6782    }
6783    else
6784    {
6785        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6786                type,
6787                this,
6788                row, col,
6789                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6790                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6791                false,
6792                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6793                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6794                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6795                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6796        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6797        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6798    }
6799
6800    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6801    if (vetoed)
6802        return -1;
6803
6804    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6805 }
6806
6807 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6808 // of ProcessEvent().
6809 //
6810 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6811                         int row, int col )
6812 {
6813    bool claimed, vetoed;
6814
6815     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6816     {
6817         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6818
6819         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6820
6821         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6822         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6823     }
6824     else
6825     {
6826         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6827
6828         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6829         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6830      }
6831
6832     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6833     if (vetoed)
6834         return -1;
6835
6836     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6837 }
6838
6839 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6840 {
6841     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6842     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6843 }
6844
6845 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6846 {
6847     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6848     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6849     if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
6850     {
6851         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6852         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6853
6854         if (rect)
6855         {
6856             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6857             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6858             int x, y;
6859
6860             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6861             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6862             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6863             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6864             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6865
6866             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6867             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6868                 width_label = rectWidth;
6869
6870             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6871             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6872                 height_label = rectHeight;
6873
6874             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6875             {
6876                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6877                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6878             }
6879             else
6880             {
6881                 x = 0;
6882                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6883             }
6884
6885             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6886             {
6887                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6888                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6889             }
6890             else
6891             {
6892                 y = 0;
6893                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6894             }
6895
6896             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6897             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6898             {
6899                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6900                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6901             }
6902
6903             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6904             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6905             {
6906                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6907                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6908             }
6909
6910             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6911             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6912             {
6913                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6914                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6915             }
6916
6917             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6918             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6919             {
6920                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6921                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6922             }
6923         }
6924         else
6925         {
6926             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6927             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6928             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6929             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6930         }
6931     }
6932 }
6933
6934 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6935 {
6936     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
6937     {
6938         // update our children window positions and scrollbars
6939         CalcDimensions();
6940     }
6941 }
6942
6943 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6944 {
6945     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6946     {
6947         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6948         //
6949         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6950     }
6951
6952     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6953
6954     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6955     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6956     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6957     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6958
6959     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6960     {
6961         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
6962         {
6963             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
6964                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
6965             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
6966                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
6967         }
6968
6969         // try local handlers
6970         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6971         {
6972             case WXK_UP:
6973                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6974                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6975                 else
6976                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6977                 break;
6978
6979             case WXK_DOWN:
6980                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6981                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6982                 else
6983                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6984                 break;
6985
6986             case WXK_LEFT:
6987                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6988                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6989                 else
6990                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6991                 break;
6992
6993             case WXK_RIGHT:
6994                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6995                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6996                 else
6997                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6998                 break;
6999
7000             case WXK_RETURN:
7001             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
7002                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7003                 {
7004                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
7005                 }
7006                 else
7007                 {
7008                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
7009                     {
7010                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7011                     }
7012                     else
7013                     {
7014                         // at the bottom of a column
7015                         DisableCellEditControl();
7016                     }
7017                 }
7018                 break;
7019
7020             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7021                 ClearSelection();
7022                 break;
7023
7024             case WXK_TAB:
7025                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7026                 {
7027                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7028                     {
7029                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7030                     }
7031                     else
7032                     {
7033                         // at left of grid
7034                         DisableCellEditControl();
7035                     }
7036                 }
7037                 else
7038                 {
7039                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7040                     {
7041                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7042                     }
7043                     else
7044                     {
7045                         // at right of grid
7046                         DisableCellEditControl();
7047                     }
7048                 }
7049                 break;
7050
7051             case WXK_HOME:
7052                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7053                 {
7054                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7055                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7056                 }
7057                 else
7058                 {
7059                     event.Skip();
7060                 }
7061                 break;
7062
7063             case WXK_END:
7064                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7065                 {
7066                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7067                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7068                 }
7069                 else
7070                 {
7071                     event.Skip();
7072                 }
7073                 break;
7074
7075             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7076                 MovePageUp();
7077                 break;
7078
7079             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7080                 MovePageDown();
7081                 break;
7082
7083             case WXK_SPACE:
7084                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7085                 {
7086                     if ( m_selection )
7087                     {
7088                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
7089                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7090                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
7091                             event.ControlDown(),
7092                             event.ShiftDown(),
7093                             event.AltDown(),
7094                             event.MetaDown() );
7095                     }
7096                     break;
7097                 }
7098
7099                 if ( !IsEditable() )
7100                     MoveCursorRight( false );
7101                 else
7102                     event.Skip();
7103                 break;
7104
7105             default:
7106                 event.Skip();
7107                 break;
7108         }
7109     }
7110
7111     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7112 }
7113
7114 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7115 {
7116     // try local handlers
7117     //
7118     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7119     {
7120         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7121              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7122         {
7123             if ( m_selection )
7124             {
7125                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7126                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7127                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7128                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7129                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7130                     event.ControlDown(),
7131                     true,
7132                     event.AltDown(),
7133                     event.MetaDown() );
7134             }
7135         }
7136
7137         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7138         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7139         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7140     }
7141 }
7142
7143 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7144 {
7145     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7146     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7147     {
7148         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7149         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7150         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7151         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7152         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7153
7154         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7155         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7156         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7157              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7158         {
7159             // ensure cell is visble
7160             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7161             EnableCellEditControl();
7162
7163             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7164             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7165             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7166             // crash the app
7167             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7168                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7169         }
7170         else
7171         {
7172             event.Skip();
7173         }
7174
7175         editor->DecRef();
7176         attr->DecRef();
7177     }
7178     else
7179     {
7180         event.Skip();
7181     }
7182 }
7183
7184 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7185 {
7186 }
7187
7188 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7189 {
7190     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7191     {
7192         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7193         return;
7194     }
7195
7196 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7197     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7198     PrepareDC( dc );
7199 #endif
7200
7201     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7202     {
7203         DisableCellEditControl();
7204
7205         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7206         {
7207             wxRect r;
7208             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7209             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7210             {
7211                 r.x--;
7212                 r.y--;
7213                 r.width++;
7214                 r.height++;
7215             }
7216
7217             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7218
7219             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7220             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7221
7222 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7223             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7224 #else
7225             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7226             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7227 #endif
7228         }
7229     }
7230
7231     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7232
7233     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7234 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7235     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7236 #endif
7237     attr->DecRef();
7238 }
7239
7240 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7241 {
7242     int temp;
7243     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7244
7245     if ( m_selection )
7246     {
7247         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7248         {
7249             leftCol = 0;
7250             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7251         }
7252         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7253         {
7254             topRow = 0;
7255             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7256         }
7257     }
7258
7259     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7260     {
7261         temp = topRow;
7262         topRow = bottomRow;
7263         bottomRow = temp;
7264     }
7265
7266     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7267     {
7268         temp = leftCol;
7269         leftCol = rightCol;
7270         rightCol = temp;
7271     }
7272
7273     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7274     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7275
7276     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7277     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7278          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7279     {
7280         wxRect rect;
7281         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7282                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7283         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7284     }
7285
7286     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7287     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7288               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7289     {
7290         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7291         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7292         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7293         wxRect  rect[4];
7294         bool    need_refresh[4];
7295         need_refresh[0] =
7296         need_refresh[1] =
7297         need_refresh[2] =
7298         need_refresh[3] = false;
7299         int     i;
7300
7301         // Store intermediate values
7302         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7303         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7304         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7305         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7306
7307         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7308         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7309         {
7310             temp = oldLeft;
7311             oldLeft = leftCol;
7312             leftCol = temp;
7313         }
7314         if (oldTop > topRow )
7315         {
7316             temp = oldTop;
7317             oldTop = topRow;
7318             topRow = temp;
7319         }
7320         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7321         {
7322             temp = oldRight;
7323             oldRight = rightCol;
7324             rightCol = temp;
7325         }
7326         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7327         {
7328             temp = oldBottom;
7329             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7330             bottomRow = temp;
7331         }
7332
7333         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7334         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7335         // is contained in the other.
7336
7337         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7338         {
7339             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7340             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7341             need_refresh[0] = true;
7342             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7343                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7344                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7345         }
7346
7347         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7348         {
7349             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7350             // area above the old or new selection.
7351             need_refresh[1] = true;
7352             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7353                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7354                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7355         }
7356
7357         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7358         {
7359             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7360             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7361             need_refresh[2] = true;
7362             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7363                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7364                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7365         }
7366
7367         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7368         {
7369             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7370             // area below the old or new selection.
7371             need_refresh[3] = true;
7372             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7373                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7374                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7375         }
7376
7377         // various Refresh() calls
7378         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7379             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7380                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7381     }
7382
7383     // change selection
7384     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7385     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7386 }
7387
7388 //
7389 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7390 //
7391
7392 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7393 {
7394     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7395     HideCellEditControl();
7396
7397     if ( m_table )
7398     {
7399         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7400         //
7401         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7402         return true;
7403     }
7404
7405     return false;
7406 }
7407
7408 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7409 {
7410     int row, col;
7411
7412     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7413     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7414     // I think so ...
7415     DisableCellEditControl();
7416
7417     if ( m_table )
7418     {
7419         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7420         {
7421             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7422             {
7423                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7424             }
7425         }
7426
7427         return true;
7428     }
7429
7430     return false;
7431 }
7432
7433 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7434 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7435 // CalcExposedCells)
7436 //
7437 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7438 {
7439     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7440         return;
7441
7442     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7443     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7444     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7445
7446     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7447     {
7448         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7449         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7450         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7451
7452         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7453         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7454         {
7455             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7456             bool marked = false;
7457             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7458             {
7459                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7460                 {
7461                     marked = true;
7462                     break;
7463                 }
7464             }
7465
7466             if (!marked)
7467             {
7468                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7469                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7470                 {
7471                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7472                     {
7473                         marked = true;
7474                         break;
7475                     }
7476                 }
7477
7478                 if (!marked)
7479                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7480             }
7481
7482             // don't bother drawing this cell
7483             continue;
7484         }
7485
7486         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7487         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7488         {
7489             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7490             {
7491                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7492                 int left = col;
7493                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7494                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7495                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7496                     {
7497                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7498                     }
7499
7500                 if (left == col)
7501                     left = 0; // oh well
7502
7503                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7504                 {
7505                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7506                     {
7507                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7508                         {
7509                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7510                             bool marked = false;
7511
7512                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7513                             {
7514                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7515                                 {
7516                                     marked = true;
7517                                     break;
7518                                 }
7519                             }
7520
7521                             if (!marked)
7522                             {
7523                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7524                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7525                                 {
7526                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7527                                     {
7528                                         marked = true;
7529                                         break;
7530                                     }
7531                                 }
7532                                 if (!marked)
7533                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7534                             }
7535                         }
7536                         break;
7537                     }
7538                 }
7539             }
7540         }
7541
7542         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7543     }
7544
7545     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7546
7547     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7548     {
7549         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7550     }
7551 }
7552
7553 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7554 {
7555   int cw, ch;
7556   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7557
7558   int right, bottom;
7559   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7560
7561   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7562   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7563
7564   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7565   {
7566       int left, top;
7567       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7568
7569       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
7570       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7571
7572       if ( right > rightCol )
7573       {
7574           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7575       }
7576
7577       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7578       {
7579           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7580       }
7581   }
7582 }
7583
7584 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7585 {
7586     int row = coords.GetRow();
7587     int col = coords.GetCol();
7588
7589     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7590         return;
7591
7592     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7593 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7594     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7595         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7596 #endif
7597
7598     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7599
7600     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7601
7602     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7603
7604     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7605     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7606     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7607     {
7608         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7609         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7610         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7611         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7612 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7613         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7614         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7615         editor->DecRef();
7616 #endif
7617     }
7618     else
7619     {
7620         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7621         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7622         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7623         renderer->DecRef();
7624     }
7625
7626     attr->DecRef();
7627 }
7628
7629 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7630 {
7631     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
7632     if ( !HasFocus() )
7633         return;
7634
7635     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7636     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7637
7638     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7639         return;
7640
7641     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7642
7643     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7644     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7645     // it doesn't look really good
7646
7647     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7648
7649     if (penWidth > 0)
7650     {
7651         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7652         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7653         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7654         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7655         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7656         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7657         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7658         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7659         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7660
7661         // Now draw the rectangle
7662         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7663         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7664         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID));
7665         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7666         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7667     }
7668
7669 #if 0
7670         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7671
7672         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7673         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7674                 y1 = rect.y,
7675                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7676                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7677
7678         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7679         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7680         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7681
7682         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7683         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7684
7685         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7686         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7687         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7688 #endif
7689 }
7690
7691 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7692 {
7693     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID);
7694 }
7695
7696 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7697 {
7698     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7699 }
7700
7701 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7702 {
7703     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7704 }
7705
7706 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7707 {
7708     int row = coords.GetRow();
7709     int col = coords.GetCol();
7710     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7711         return;
7712
7713
7714     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7715
7716     // right hand border
7717     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7718     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7719                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7720
7721     // bottom border
7722     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7723     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7724                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7725 }
7726
7727 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7728 {
7729     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7730     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7731     //
7732     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7733          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7734     {
7735         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7736     }
7737
7738     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7739     {
7740         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7741         return;
7742     }
7743
7744     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7745     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7746     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7747     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7748     {
7749         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7750         {
7751             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7752             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7753             attr->DecRef();
7754
7755             break;
7756         }
7757     }
7758 }
7759
7760 // TODO: remove this ???
7761 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7762 // has been changed
7763 //
7764 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7765 {
7766 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7767     return;
7768 #endif
7769
7770     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7771          return;
7772
7773     int top, bottom, left, right;
7774
7775 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7776     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7777     {
7778       int cw, ch;
7779       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7780
7781       // virtual coords of visible area
7782       //
7783       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7784       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7785     }
7786     else
7787     {
7788       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7789       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7790       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7791       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7792     }
7793 #else
7794       int cw, ch;
7795       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7796       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7797       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7798 #endif
7799
7800     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7801     //
7802     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7803     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7804
7805     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7806     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7807     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7808     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7809     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7810
7811     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7812
7813     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7814     wxRect rect;
7815
7816     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7817     {
7818         int colPos;
7819         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7820         {
7821             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7822
7823             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7824             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7825             {
7826                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7827                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7828                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7829             }
7830             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7831             {
7832                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7833                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7834                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7835             }
7836         }
7837     }
7838
7839     dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7840
7841
7842     // horizontal grid lines
7843     //
7844     // already declared above - int i;
7845     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7846     {
7847         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7848
7849         if ( bot > bottom )
7850         {
7851             break;
7852         }
7853
7854         if ( bot >= top )
7855         {
7856             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7857             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7858         }
7859     }
7860
7861     // vertical grid lines
7862     //
7863     int colPos;
7864     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7865     {
7866         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7867
7868         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7869 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7870         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7871 #endif
7872             colRight--;
7873
7874         if ( colRight > right )
7875         {
7876             break;
7877         }
7878
7879         if ( colRight >= left )
7880         {
7881             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7882             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7883         }
7884     }
7885
7886     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7887 }
7888
7889 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7890 {
7891     if ( !m_numRows )
7892         return;
7893
7894     size_t i;
7895     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7896
7897     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7898     {
7899         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7900     }
7901 }
7902
7903 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7904 {
7905     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7906         return;
7907
7908     wxRect rect;
7909
7910     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7911         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7912
7913     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
7914     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7915     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7916     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7917
7918     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7919     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7920     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7921
7922     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
7923     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7924     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7925
7926     int hAlign, vAlign;
7927     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7928
7929     rect.SetX( 2 );
7930     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7931     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7932     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7933     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7934 }
7935
7936 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
7937 {
7938     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
7939     if (native)
7940     {
7941         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
7942         SetColLabelSize( height );
7943     }
7944
7945     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7946 }
7947
7948 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7949 {
7950     if ( !m_numCols )
7951         return;
7952
7953     size_t i;
7954     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7955
7956     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7957     {
7958         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7959     }
7960 }
7961
7962 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7963 {
7964     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7965         return;
7966
7967     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7968
7969     wxRect rect;
7970
7971     if (m_nativeColumnLabels)
7972     {
7973         rect.SetX( colLeft);
7974         rect.SetY( 0 );
7975         rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col));
7976         rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight );
7977
7978         wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7979         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 );
7980     }
7981     else
7982     {
7983         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7984
7985         dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
7986         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7987         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7988         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
7989                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7990
7991         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7992         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7993         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7994     }
7995
7996     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
7997     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7998     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7999
8000     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
8001     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
8002     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
8003
8004     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
8005     rect.SetY( 2 );
8006     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
8007     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
8008     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
8009 }
8010
8011 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
8012                                 const wxString& value,
8013                                 const wxRect& rect,
8014                                 int horizAlign,
8015                                 int vertAlign,
8016                                 int textOrientation )
8017 {
8018     wxArrayString lines;
8019
8020     StringToLines( value, lines );
8021
8022     // Forward to new API.
8023     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
8024         lines,
8025         rect,
8026         horizAlign,
8027         vertAlign,
8028         textOrientation );
8029 }
8030
8031 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
8032 //     add textOrientation support
8033 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8034                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8035                                const wxRect& rect,
8036                                int horizAlign,
8037                                int vertAlign,
8038                                int textOrientation)
8039 {
8040     if ( lines.empty() )
8041         return;
8042
8043     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8044
8045     long textWidth,
8046          textHeight;
8047
8048     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8049         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8050     else
8051         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8052
8053     int x = 0,
8054         y = 0;
8055     switch ( vertAlign )
8056     {
8057         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8058             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8059                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8060             else
8061                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8062             break;
8063
8064         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8065             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8066                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8067             else
8068                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8069             break;
8070
8071         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8072         default:
8073             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8074                 y = rect.y + 1;
8075             else
8076                 x = rect.x + 1;
8077             break;
8078     }
8079
8080     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8081     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8082     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8083     {
8084         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8085
8086         if ( line.empty() )
8087         {
8088             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8089             continue;
8090         }
8091
8092         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8093              lineHeight = 0;
8094         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8095
8096         switch ( horizAlign )
8097         {
8098             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8099                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8100                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8101                 else
8102                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8103                 break;
8104
8105             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8106                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8107                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8108                 else
8109                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8110                 break;
8111
8112             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8113             default:
8114                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8115                     x = rect.x + 1;
8116                 else
8117                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8118                 break;
8119         }
8120
8121         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8122         {
8123             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8124             y += lineHeight;
8125         }
8126         else
8127         {
8128             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8129             x += lineHeight;
8130         }
8131     }
8132 }
8133
8134 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8135 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8136 //
8137 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
8138 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8139 {
8140     int startPos = 0;
8141     int pos;
8142     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8143     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8144
8145     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8146     {
8147         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8148         if ( pos < 0 )
8149         {
8150             break;
8151         }
8152         else if ( pos == 0 )
8153         {
8154             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8155         }
8156         else
8157         {
8158             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8159         }
8160
8161         startPos += pos + 1;
8162     }
8163
8164     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8165     {
8166         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
8167     }
8168 }
8169
8170 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8171                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8172                              long *width, long *height ) const
8173 {
8174     wxCoord w = 0;
8175     wxCoord h = 0;
8176     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8177
8178     size_t i;
8179     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8180     {
8181         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8182         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8183         h += lineH;
8184     }
8185
8186     *width = w;
8187     *height = h;
8188 }
8189
8190 //
8191 // ------ Batch processing.
8192 //
8193 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8194 {
8195     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8196     {
8197         m_batchCount--;
8198         if ( !m_batchCount )
8199         {
8200             CalcDimensions();
8201             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8202             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8203             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8204             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8205         }
8206     }
8207 }
8208
8209 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8210 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8211 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8212 //
8213 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8214 {
8215     BeginBatch();
8216     EndBatch();
8217 }
8218
8219 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8220 {
8221     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8222         return false;
8223
8224     // redraw in the new state
8225     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8226
8227     return true;
8228 }
8229
8230 //
8231 // ------ Edit control functions
8232 //
8233
8234 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8235 {
8236     // TODO: improve this ?
8237     //
8238     if ( edit != m_editable )
8239     {
8240         if (!edit)
8241             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8242         m_editable = edit;
8243     }
8244 }
8245
8246 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8247 {
8248     if (! m_editable)
8249         return;
8250
8251     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8252     {
8253         if ( enable )
8254         {
8255             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8256                 return;
8257
8258             // this should be checked by the caller!
8259             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8260
8261             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8262             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8263
8264             ShowCellEditControl();
8265         }
8266         else
8267         {
8268             //FIXME:add veto support
8269             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8270
8271             HideCellEditControl();
8272             SaveEditControlValue();
8273
8274             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8275             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8276         }
8277     }
8278 }
8279
8280 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8281 {
8282     // const_cast
8283     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8284     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8285     attr->DecRef();
8286
8287     return readonly;
8288 }
8289
8290 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8291 {
8292     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8293         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8294 }
8295
8296 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8297 {
8298     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8299     // current one if it's read only
8300     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8301 }
8302
8303 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8304 {
8305     bool isShown = false;
8306
8307     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8308     {
8309         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8310         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8311         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8312         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8313         attr->DecRef();
8314
8315         if ( editor )
8316         {
8317             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8318             {
8319                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8320             }
8321
8322             editor->DecRef();
8323         }
8324     }
8325
8326     return isShown;
8327 }
8328
8329 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8330 {
8331     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8332     {
8333         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8334         {
8335             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8336             return;
8337         }
8338         else
8339         {
8340             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8341             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8342             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8343
8344             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8345             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8346             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8347             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8348             {
8349                 row += cell_rows;
8350                 col += cell_cols;
8351                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8352                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8353             }
8354
8355             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8356             // might not cover the entire cell
8357             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8358             PrepareDC( dc );
8359             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8360             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
8361             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8362             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8363
8364             // convert to scrolled coords
8365             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8366
8367             int nXMove = 0;
8368             if (rect.x < 0)
8369                 nXMove = rect.x;
8370
8371             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8372             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8373             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8374             // "don't change."
8375             if (rect.x > 0)
8376                 rect.x--;
8377             if (rect.y > 0)
8378                 rect.y--;
8379
8380             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8381             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8382             {
8383                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8384                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8385
8386                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8387                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8388                                              this,
8389                                              row,
8390                                              col,
8391                                              editor->GetControl());
8392                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8393             }
8394
8395             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8396             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8397             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8398             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8399             {
8400                 int y;
8401                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8402                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8403                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8404             }
8405
8406             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8407             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8408                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8409
8410             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8411             {
8412                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8413                 // may have changed earlier
8414                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8415                 {
8416                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8417                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8418
8419                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8420                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8421                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8422                     {
8423                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8424                     }
8425                     else
8426                         break;
8427                 }
8428
8429                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8430                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8431             }
8432
8433             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8434             editor->SetSize( rect );
8435             if (nXMove != 0)
8436                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8437                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8438                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8439             editor->Show( true, attr );
8440
8441             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8442             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8443             CalcDimensions();
8444
8445             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8446             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8447
8448             editor->DecRef();
8449             attr->DecRef();
8450         }
8451     }
8452 }
8453
8454 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8455 {
8456     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8457     {
8458         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8459         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8460
8461         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8462         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8463         editor->Show( false );
8464         editor->DecRef();
8465         attr->DecRef();
8466
8467         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8468
8469         // refresh whole row to the right
8470         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8471         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8472         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8473
8474 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8475         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8476         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8477 #endif
8478
8479         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8480     }
8481 }
8482
8483 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8484 {
8485     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8486     {
8487         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8488         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8489
8490         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8491
8492         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8493         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8494         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8495
8496         editor->DecRef();
8497         attr->DecRef();
8498
8499         if (changed)
8500         {
8501             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8502                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8503                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8504             {
8505                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8506                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8507             }
8508         }
8509     }
8510 }
8511
8512 //
8513 // ------ Grid location functions
8514 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8515 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8516 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8517 //
8518
8519 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8520 {
8521     int row = YToRow(y);
8522     int col = XToCol(x);
8523
8524     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8525     {
8526         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8527     }
8528     else
8529     {
8530         coords.Set( row, col );
8531     }
8532 }
8533
8534 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8535 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8536 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8537 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8538
8539 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8540                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8541                            bool clipToMinMax)
8542 {
8543     if (coord < 0)
8544         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8545
8546     if (!defaultDist)
8547         defaultDist = 1;
8548
8549     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8550            i_min = 0;
8551
8552     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8553     {
8554         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8555             return i_max;
8556         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8557     }
8558
8559     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8560     {
8561         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8562     }
8563     else
8564     {
8565         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8566         {
8567             i_min = i_max;
8568             if (minDist)
8569                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8570             else
8571                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8572         }
8573
8574         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8575             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8576     }
8577
8578     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8579         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8580     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8581         return 0;
8582
8583     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8584     {
8585         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8586                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8587         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8588             return i_max;
8589         else
8590             i_max--;
8591         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8592         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8593             i_max = median;
8594         else
8595             i_min = median;
8596     }
8597
8598     return i_max;
8599 }
8600
8601 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8602 {
8603     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8604                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8605 }
8606
8607 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8608 {
8609     if (x < 0)
8610         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8611
8612     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8613
8614     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8615     int minPos = 0;
8616
8617     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8618     {
8619         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8620             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8621         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8622     }
8623
8624     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8625         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8626     else
8627     {
8628         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8629         {
8630             minPos = maxPos;
8631             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8632                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8633             else
8634                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8635         }
8636         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8637             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8638     }
8639
8640     //X is beyond the last column
8641     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8642         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8643
8644     //X is before the first column
8645     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8646         return GetColAt( 0 );
8647
8648     //Perform a binary search
8649     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8650     {
8651         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8652                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8653
8654         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8655             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8656         else
8657             maxPos--;
8658         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8659         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8660             maxPos = median;
8661         else
8662             minPos = median;
8663     }
8664     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8665 }
8666
8667 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8668 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8669 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8670 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8671 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8672 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8673 //        near the edge).
8674 //   and
8675 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8676 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8677 //
8678 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8679 {
8680     int i;
8681     i = internalYToRow(y);
8682
8683     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8684     {
8685         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8686         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8687         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8688             return i;
8689         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8690             return i - 1;
8691     }
8692
8693     return -1;
8694 }
8695
8696 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8697 // -1 if not near an edge
8698 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8699 //
8700 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8701 {
8702     int i;
8703     i = internalXToCol(x);
8704
8705     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8706     {
8707         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8708         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8709         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8710             return i;
8711         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8712             return i - 1;
8713     }
8714
8715     return -1;
8716 }
8717
8718 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8719 {
8720     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8721
8722     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8723          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8724     {
8725         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8726         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8727         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8728         // if negative then find multicell owner
8729         if (cell_rows < 0)
8730             row += cell_rows;
8731         if (cell_cols < 0)
8732              col += cell_cols;
8733         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8734
8735         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8736         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8737         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8738             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8739         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8740             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8741     }
8742
8743     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8744     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8745     {
8746         rect.width -= 1;
8747         rect.height -= 1;
8748     }
8749
8750     return rect;
8751 }
8752
8753 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8754 {
8755     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8756     //
8757     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8758
8759     // convert to device coords
8760     //
8761     int left, top, right, bottom;
8762     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8763     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8764
8765     // check against the client area of the grid window
8766     int cw, ch;
8767     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8768
8769     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8770     {
8771         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8772         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8773                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8774     }
8775     else
8776     {
8777         // is the cell partly visible ?
8778         //
8779         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8780                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8781     }
8782 }
8783
8784 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8785 // of scrolling
8786 //
8787 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8788 {
8789     int i;
8790     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8791
8792     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8793          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8794     {
8795         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8796         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8797
8798         // convert to device coords
8799         int left, top, right, bottom;
8800         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8801         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8802
8803         int cw, ch;
8804         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8805
8806         if ( top < 0 )
8807         {
8808             ypos = r.GetTop();
8809         }
8810         else if ( bottom > ch )
8811         {
8812             int h = r.GetHeight();
8813             ypos = r.GetTop();
8814             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8815             {
8816                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8817                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8818                     break;
8819
8820                 h += rowHeight;
8821                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8822             }
8823
8824             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8825             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8826             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8827             //
8828             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8829             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8830             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8831         }
8832
8833         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8834         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8835         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8836 //      if ( left < 0 )
8837         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8838         {
8839             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8840         }
8841         else if ( right > cw )
8842         {
8843             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8844             int x0, y0;
8845             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8846             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8847
8848             // see comment for ypos above
8849             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8850         }
8851
8852         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8853         {
8854             if ( xpos != -1 )
8855                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8856             if ( ypos != -1 )
8857                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8858             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8859             AdjustScrollbars();
8860         }
8861     }
8862 }
8863
8864 //
8865 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8866 //
8867
8868 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8869 {
8870     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8871          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8872     {
8873         if ( expandSelection )
8874         {
8875             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8876                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8877             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8878             {
8879                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8880                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8881                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8882                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8883             }
8884         }
8885         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8886         {
8887             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8888             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8889             ClearSelection();
8890             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8891             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8892         }
8893         else
8894             return false;
8895
8896         return true;
8897     }
8898
8899     return false;
8900 }
8901
8902 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8903 {
8904     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8905          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8906     {
8907         if ( expandSelection )
8908         {
8909             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8910                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8911             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8912             {
8913                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8914                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8915                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8916                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8917             }
8918         }
8919         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8920         {
8921             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8922             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8923             ClearSelection();
8924             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8925             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8926         }
8927         else
8928             return false;
8929
8930         return true;
8931     }
8932
8933     return false;
8934 }
8935
8936 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8937 {
8938     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8939          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8940     {
8941         if ( expandSelection )
8942         {
8943             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8944                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8945             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8946             {
8947                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8948                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8949                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8950                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8951             }
8952         }
8953         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8954         {
8955             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8956             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
8957             ClearSelection();
8958
8959             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8960             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8961         }
8962         else
8963             return false;
8964
8965         return true;
8966     }
8967
8968     return false;
8969 }
8970
8971 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8972 {
8973     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8974          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8975     {
8976         if ( expandSelection )
8977         {
8978             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8979                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8980             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8981             {
8982                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8983                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8984                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8985                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8986             }
8987         }
8988         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
8989         {
8990             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8991             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
8992             ClearSelection();
8993
8994             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8995             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8996         }
8997         else
8998             return false;
8999
9000         return true;
9001     }
9002
9003     return false;
9004 }
9005
9006 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
9007 {
9008     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9009         return false;
9010
9011     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9012     if ( row > 0 )
9013     {
9014         int cw, ch;
9015         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9016
9017         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9018         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
9019
9020         if ( newRow == row )
9021         {
9022             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
9023             newRow = row - 1;
9024         }
9025
9026         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9027         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9028
9029         return true;
9030     }
9031
9032     return false;
9033 }
9034
9035 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9036 {
9037     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9038         return false;
9039
9040     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9041     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9042     {
9043         int cw, ch;
9044         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9045
9046         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9047         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9048         if ( newRow == row )
9049         {
9050             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9051             newRow = row + 1;
9052         }
9053
9054         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9055         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9056
9057         return true;
9058     }
9059
9060     return false;
9061 }
9062
9063 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9064 {
9065     if ( m_table &&
9066          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9067          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9068     {
9069         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9070         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9071
9072         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9073         {
9074             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9075             // non-empty cells
9076             //
9077             while ( row > 0 )
9078             {
9079                 row--;
9080                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9081                     break;
9082             }
9083         }
9084         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9085         {
9086             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9087             //
9088             row--;
9089             while ( row > 0 )
9090             {
9091                 row--;
9092                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9093                     break;
9094             }
9095         }
9096         else
9097         {
9098             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9099             //
9100             while ( row > 0 )
9101             {
9102                 row--;
9103                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9104                 {
9105                     row++;
9106                     break;
9107                 }
9108             }
9109         }
9110
9111         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9112         if ( expandSelection )
9113         {
9114             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9115             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9116         }
9117         else
9118         {
9119             ClearSelection();
9120             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9121         }
9122
9123         return true;
9124     }
9125
9126     return false;
9127 }
9128
9129 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9130 {
9131     if ( m_table &&
9132          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9133          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9134     {
9135         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9136         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9137
9138         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9139         {
9140             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9141             // non-empty cells
9142             //
9143             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9144             {
9145                 row++;
9146                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9147                     break;
9148             }
9149         }
9150         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9151         {
9152             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9153             //
9154             row++;
9155             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9156             {
9157                 row++;
9158                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9159                     break;
9160             }
9161         }
9162         else
9163         {
9164             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9165             //
9166             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9167             {
9168                 row++;
9169                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9170                 {
9171                     row--;
9172                     break;
9173                 }
9174             }
9175         }
9176
9177         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9178         if ( expandSelection )
9179         {
9180             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9181             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9182         }
9183         else
9184         {
9185             ClearSelection();
9186             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9187         }
9188
9189         return true;
9190     }
9191
9192     return false;
9193 }
9194
9195 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9196 {
9197     if ( m_table &&
9198          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9199          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9200     {
9201         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9202         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9203
9204         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9205         {
9206             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9207             // non-empty cells
9208             //
9209             while ( col > 0 )
9210             {
9211                 col--;
9212                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9213                     break;
9214             }
9215         }
9216         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9217         {
9218             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9219             //
9220             col--;
9221             while ( col > 0 )
9222             {
9223                 col--;
9224                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9225                     break;
9226             }
9227         }
9228         else
9229         {
9230             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9231             //
9232             while ( col > 0 )
9233             {
9234                 col--;
9235                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9236                 {
9237                     col++;
9238                     break;
9239                 }
9240             }
9241         }
9242
9243         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9244         if ( expandSelection )
9245         {
9246             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9247             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9248         }
9249         else
9250         {
9251             ClearSelection();
9252             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9253         }
9254
9255         return true;
9256     }
9257
9258     return false;
9259 }
9260
9261 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9262 {
9263     if ( m_table &&
9264          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9265          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9266     {
9267         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9268         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9269
9270         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9271         {
9272             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9273             // non-empty cells
9274             //
9275             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9276             {
9277                 col++;
9278                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9279                     break;
9280             }
9281         }
9282         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9283         {
9284             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9285             //
9286             col++;
9287             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9288             {
9289                 col++;
9290                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9291                     break;
9292             }
9293         }
9294         else
9295         {
9296             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9297             //
9298             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9299             {
9300                 col++;
9301                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9302                 {
9303                     col--;
9304                     break;
9305                 }
9306             }
9307         }
9308
9309         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9310         if ( expandSelection )
9311         {
9312             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9313             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9314         }
9315         else
9316         {
9317             ClearSelection();
9318             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9319         }
9320
9321         return true;
9322     }
9323
9324     return false;
9325 }
9326
9327 //
9328 // ------ Label values and formatting
9329 //
9330
9331 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9332 {
9333     if ( horiz )
9334         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9335     if ( vert )
9336         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9337 }
9338
9339 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9340 {
9341     if ( horiz )
9342         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9343     if ( vert )
9344         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9345 }
9346
9347 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9348 {
9349     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9350 }
9351
9352 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9353 {
9354     if ( m_table )
9355     {
9356         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9357     }
9358     else
9359     {
9360         wxString s;
9361         s << row;
9362         return s;
9363     }
9364 }
9365
9366 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9367 {
9368     if ( m_table )
9369     {
9370         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9371     }
9372     else
9373     {
9374         wxString s;
9375         s << col;
9376         return s;
9377     }
9378 }
9379
9380 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9381 {
9382     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9383
9384     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9385     {
9386         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9387     }
9388
9389     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9390     {
9391         if ( width == 0 )
9392         {
9393             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9394             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9395         }
9396         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9397         {
9398             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9399             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9400                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9401         }
9402
9403         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9404         CalcWindowSizes();
9405         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9406     }
9407 }
9408
9409 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9410 {
9411     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9412
9413     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9414     {
9415         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9416     }
9417
9418     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9419     {
9420         if ( height == 0 )
9421         {
9422             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9423             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9424         }
9425         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9426         {
9427             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9428             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9429                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9430         }
9431
9432         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9433         CalcWindowSizes();
9434         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9435     }
9436 }
9437
9438 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9439 {
9440     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9441     {
9442         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9443         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9444         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9445         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9446
9447         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9448         {
9449             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9450             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9451             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9452         }
9453     }
9454 }
9455
9456 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9457 {
9458     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9459     {
9460         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9461         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9462         {
9463             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9464             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9465         }
9466     }
9467 }
9468
9469 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9470 {
9471     m_labelFont = font;
9472     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9473     {
9474         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9475         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9476     }
9477 }
9478
9479 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9480 {
9481     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9482     switch ( horiz )
9483     {
9484         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9485         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9486         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9487     }
9488
9489     switch ( vert )
9490     {
9491         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9492         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9493         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9494     }
9495
9496     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9497     {
9498         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9499     }
9500
9501     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9502     {
9503         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9504     }
9505
9506     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9507     {
9508         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9509     }
9510 }
9511
9512 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9513 {
9514     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9515     switch ( horiz )
9516     {
9517         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9518         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9519         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9520     }
9521
9522     switch ( vert )
9523     {
9524         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9525         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9526         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9527     }
9528
9529     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9530     {
9531         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9532     }
9533
9534     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9535     {
9536         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9537     }
9538
9539     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9540     {
9541         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9542     }
9543 }
9544
9545 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9546 //       does not support vertical printing
9547 //
9548 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9549 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9550 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9551 //
9552 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9553 {
9554     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9555         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9556
9557     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9558         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9559 }
9560
9561 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9562 {
9563     if ( m_table )
9564     {
9565         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9566         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9567         {
9568             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9569             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9570             {
9571                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9572                 rect.x = 0;
9573                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9574                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9575             }
9576         }
9577     }
9578 }
9579
9580 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9581 {
9582     if ( m_table )
9583     {
9584         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9585         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9586         {
9587             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9588             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9589             {
9590                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9591                 rect.y = 0;
9592                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9593                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9594             }
9595         }
9596     }
9597 }
9598
9599 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9600 {
9601     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9602     {
9603         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9604
9605         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9606         PrepareDC( dc );
9607         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9608     }
9609 }
9610
9611 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9612 {
9613     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9614     {
9615         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9616
9617         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9618         PrepareDC( dc );
9619         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9620         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9621         attr->DecRef();
9622     }
9623 }
9624
9625 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9626 {
9627     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9628     {
9629         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9630
9631         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9632         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9633         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9634         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9635         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9636             return;
9637
9638         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9639         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9640     }
9641 }
9642
9643 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9644 {
9645     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9646     {
9647         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9648
9649         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9650         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9651         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9652         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9653         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
9654                 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9655             return;
9656
9657         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9658         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9659     }
9660 }
9661
9662 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9663 {
9664     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9665     {
9666         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9667
9668         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9669         {
9670             if ( enable )
9671             {
9672                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9673                 PrepareDC( dc );
9674                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9675             }
9676             else
9677             {
9678                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9679             }
9680         }
9681     }
9682 }
9683
9684 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9685 {
9686     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9687 }
9688
9689 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9690 {
9691     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9692
9693     return GetRowHeight(row);
9694 }
9695
9696 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9697 {
9698     return m_defaultColWidth;
9699 }
9700
9701 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9702 {
9703     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9704
9705     return GetColWidth(col);
9706 }
9707
9708 // ============================================================================
9709 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9710 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9711 // ============================================================================
9712
9713 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9714 // setting default attributes
9715 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9716
9717 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9718 {
9719     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9720 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9721     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9722 #endif
9723 }
9724
9725 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9726 {
9727     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9728 }
9729
9730 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9731 {
9732     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9733 }
9734
9735 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9736 {
9737     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9738 }
9739
9740 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9741 {
9742     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9743 }
9744
9745 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9746 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9747 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9748 // work correctly.
9749
9750 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9751 {
9752     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9753                      renderer,
9754                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9755 }
9756
9757 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9758 {
9759     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9760                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9761                      editor);
9762 }
9763
9764 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9765 // access to the default attributes
9766 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9767
9768 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9769 {
9770     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9771 }
9772
9773 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9774 {
9775     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9776 }
9777
9778 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9779 {
9780     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9781 }
9782
9783 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9784 {
9785     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9786 }
9787
9788 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9789 {
9790     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9791 }
9792
9793 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9794 {
9795     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9796 }
9797
9798 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9799 {
9800     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9801 }
9802
9803 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9804 // access to cell attributes
9805 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9806
9807 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9808 {
9809     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9810     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9811     attr->DecRef();
9812
9813     return colour;
9814 }
9815
9816 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9817 {
9818     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9819     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9820     attr->DecRef();
9821
9822     return colour;
9823 }
9824
9825 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9826 {
9827     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9828     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9829     attr->DecRef();
9830
9831     return font;
9832 }
9833
9834 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9835 {
9836     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9837     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9838     attr->DecRef();
9839 }
9840
9841 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9842 {
9843     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9844     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9845     attr->DecRef();
9846
9847     return allow;
9848 }
9849
9850 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9851 {
9852     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9853     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9854     attr->DecRef();
9855 }
9856
9857 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9858 {
9859     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9860     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9861     attr->DecRef();
9862
9863     return renderer;
9864 }
9865
9866 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9867 {
9868     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9869     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9870     attr->DecRef();
9871
9872     return editor;
9873 }
9874
9875 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9876 {
9877     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9878     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9879     attr->DecRef();
9880
9881     return isReadOnly;
9882 }
9883
9884 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9885 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9886 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9887
9888 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9889 {
9890     if ( !m_table )
9891     {
9892         return false;
9893     }
9894
9895     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9896 }
9897
9898 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9899 {
9900     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9901     {
9902         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9903         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9904         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9905     }
9906 }
9907
9908 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9909 {
9910     if ( attr != NULL )
9911     {
9912         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9913
9914         self->ClearAttrCache();
9915         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9916         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9917         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9918         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9919     }
9920 }
9921
9922 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9923 {
9924     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9925     {
9926         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9927         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9928
9929 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9930         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9931 #endif
9932
9933         return true;
9934     }
9935     else
9936     {
9937 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9938         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9939 #endif
9940
9941         return false;
9942     }
9943 }
9944
9945 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9946 {
9947     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9948     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9949     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9950     if ( row >= 0 )
9951     {
9952         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9953         {
9954             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9955                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9956             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9957         }
9958     }
9959
9960     if (attr)
9961     {
9962         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9963     }
9964     else
9965     {
9966         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9967         attr->IncRef();
9968     }
9969
9970     return attr;
9971 }
9972
9973 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9974 {
9975     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9976     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9977
9978     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9979     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9980
9981     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9982     if ( !attr )
9983     {
9984         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9985
9986         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9987         attr->IncRef();
9988         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9989     }
9990
9991     return attr;
9992 }
9993
9994 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9995 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9996 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9997
9998 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9999 {
10000     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
10001 }
10002
10003 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
10004 {
10005     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
10006 }
10007
10008 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
10009 {
10010     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
10011     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
10012     {
10013         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
10014     }
10015
10016     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
10017 }
10018
10019 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
10020 {
10021     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10022     if (!attr)
10023         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10024     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10025     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10026     wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10027     attr->SetEditor(editor);
10028
10029     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10030
10031 }
10032
10033 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10034 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10035 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10036
10037 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10038 {
10039     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10040     {
10041         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10042         ClearAttrCache();
10043     }
10044     else
10045     {
10046         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10047     }
10048 }
10049
10050 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10051 {
10052     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10053     {
10054         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10055         ClearAttrCache();
10056     }
10057     else
10058     {
10059         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10060     }
10061 }
10062
10063 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10064 {
10065     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10066     {
10067         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10068         ClearAttrCache();
10069     }
10070     else
10071     {
10072         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10073     }
10074 }
10075
10076 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10077 {
10078     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10079     {
10080         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10081         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10082         attr->DecRef();
10083     }
10084 }
10085
10086 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10087 {
10088     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10089     {
10090         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10091         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10092         attr->DecRef();
10093     }
10094 }
10095
10096 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10097 {
10098     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10099     {
10100         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10101         attr->SetFont(font);
10102         attr->DecRef();
10103     }
10104 }
10105
10106 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10107 {
10108     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10109     {
10110         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10111         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10112         attr->DecRef();
10113     }
10114 }
10115
10116 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10117 {
10118     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10119     {
10120         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10121         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10122         attr->DecRef();
10123     }
10124 }
10125
10126 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10127 {
10128     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10129     {
10130         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10131
10132         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10133         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10134         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10135         attr->DecRef();
10136
10137         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10138         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10139         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10140         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10141         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10142                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10143         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10144                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10145
10146         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10147         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
10148         {
10149             int i, j;
10150             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10151             {
10152                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10153                 {
10154                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10155                     {
10156                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10157                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10158                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10159                     }
10160                 }
10161             }
10162         }
10163
10164         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10165         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10166         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10167         {
10168             int i, j;
10169             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10170             {
10171                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10172                 {
10173                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10174                     {
10175                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10176                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10177                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10178                     }
10179                 }
10180             }
10181         }
10182     }
10183 }
10184
10185 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10186 {
10187     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10188     {
10189         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10190         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10191         attr->DecRef();
10192     }
10193 }
10194
10195 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10196 {
10197     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10198     {
10199         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10200         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10201         attr->DecRef();
10202     }
10203 }
10204
10205 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10206 {
10207     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10208     {
10209         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10210         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10211         attr->DecRef();
10212     }
10213 }
10214
10215 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10216 // Data type registration
10217 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10218
10219 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10220                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10221                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10222 {
10223     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10224 }
10225
10226
10227 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10228 {
10229     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10230     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10231 }
10232
10233 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10234 {
10235     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10236     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10237 }
10238
10239 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10240 {
10241     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10242     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10243     {
10244         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10245
10246         return NULL;
10247     }
10248
10249     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10250 }
10251
10252 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10253 {
10254     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10255     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10256     {
10257         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10258
10259         return NULL;
10260     }
10261
10262     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10263 }
10264
10265 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10266 // row/col size
10267 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10268
10269 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10270 {
10271     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10272 }
10273
10274 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10275 {
10276     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10277 }
10278
10279 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10280 {
10281     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10282 }
10283
10284 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10285 {
10286     m_canDragCell = enable;
10287 }
10288
10289 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10290 {
10291     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10292
10293     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10294     {
10295         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10296         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10297         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10298         // some speed optimisations)
10299         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10300         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10301         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10302             CalcDimensions();
10303     }
10304 }
10305
10306 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10307 {
10308     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10309
10310     // See comment in SetColSize
10311     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10312         return;
10313
10314     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10315     {
10316         // need to really create the array
10317         InitRowHeights();
10318     }
10319
10320     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10321     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10322
10323     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10324     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10325     {
10326         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10327     }
10328
10329     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10330         CalcDimensions();
10331 }
10332
10333 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10334 {
10335     // we dont allow zero default column width
10336     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10337
10338     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10339     {
10340         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10341         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10342         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10343         // some speed optimisations)
10344         m_colWidths.Empty();
10345         m_colRights.Empty();
10346         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10347             CalcDimensions();
10348     }
10349 }
10350
10351 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10352 {
10353     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10354
10355     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10356     //                                                                 (VZ)
10357     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10358     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10359     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10360     //
10361     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10362
10363     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10364         return;
10365
10366     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10367     {
10368         // need to really create the array
10369         InitColWidths();
10370     }
10371
10372     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10373     if ( width < 0 )
10374     {
10375         long w, h;
10376         wxArrayString lines;
10377         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10378         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10379         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10380         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10381         width = w + 6;
10382     }
10383
10384     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10385     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10386     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10387
10388     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10389     {
10390         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10391     }
10392
10393     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10394         CalcDimensions();
10395 }
10396
10397 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10398 {
10399     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10400     {
10401         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10402         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10403     }
10404 }
10405
10406 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10407 {
10408     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10409     {
10410         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10411         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10412     }
10413 }
10414
10415 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10416 {
10417     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10418     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10419
10420     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10421 }
10422
10423 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10424 {
10425     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10426     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10427
10428     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10429 }
10430
10431 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10432 {
10433     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10434     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10435     if ( width >= 0 )
10436         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10437 }
10438
10439 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10440 {
10441     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10442     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10443     if ( height >= 0 )
10444         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10445 }
10446
10447 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10448 {
10449     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10450 }
10451
10452 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10453 {
10454     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10455 }
10456
10457 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10458 // auto sizing
10459 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10460
10461 void
10462 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10463 {
10464     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10465
10466     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10467
10468     // cancel editing of cell
10469     HideCellEditControl();
10470     SaveEditControlValue();
10471
10472     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10473     int row = -1,
10474         col = -1;
10475     if ( column )
10476         col = colOrRow;
10477     else
10478         row = colOrRow;
10479
10480     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10481     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10482     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10483     {
10484         if ( column )
10485             row = rowOrCol;
10486         else
10487             col = rowOrCol;
10488
10489         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10490         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10491         if ( renderer )
10492         {
10493             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10494             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10495             if ( extent > extentMax )
10496                 extentMax = extent;
10497
10498             renderer->DecRef();
10499         }
10500
10501         attr->DecRef();
10502     }
10503
10504     // now also compare with the column label extent
10505     wxCoord w, h;
10506     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10507
10508     if ( column )
10509     {
10510         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10511         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10512             w = h;
10513     }
10514     else
10515         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10516
10517     extent = column ? w : h;
10518     if ( extent > extentMax )
10519         extentMax = extent;
10520
10521     if ( !extentMax )
10522     {
10523         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10524         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10525         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10526     }
10527     else
10528     {
10529         if ( column )
10530             // leave some space around text
10531             extentMax += 10;
10532         else
10533             extentMax += 6;
10534     }
10535
10536     if ( column )
10537     {
10538         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10539         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10540         // in SetColSize().
10541         if ( !setAsMin )
10542             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10543
10544         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10545         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10546         {
10547             int cw, ch, dummy;
10548             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10549             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10550             rect.y = 0;
10551             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10552             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10553             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10554             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10555         }
10556     }
10557     else
10558     {
10559         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10560         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10561         // in SetRowSize().
10562         if ( !setAsMin )
10563             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10564
10565         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10566         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10567         {
10568             int cw, ch, dummy;
10569             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10570             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10571             rect.x = 0;
10572             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10573             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10574             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10575             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10576         }
10577     }
10578
10579     if ( setAsMin )
10580     {
10581         if ( column )
10582             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10583         else
10584             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10585     }
10586 }
10587
10588 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10589 {
10590     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10591     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10592
10593     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10594                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10595     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10596
10597     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10598     //
10599     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10600     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10601     const bool
10602         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10603
10604     wxArrayString lines;
10605     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10606
10607     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10608     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10609     {
10610         lines.Clear();
10611
10612         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10613                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10614         StringToLines(label, lines);
10615
10616         long w, h;
10617         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10618
10619         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10620         if ( extent > extentMax )
10621             extentMax = extent;
10622     }
10623
10624     if ( !extentMax )
10625     {
10626         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10627         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10628         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10629                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10630     }
10631
10632     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10633     if ( calcRows )
10634         extentMax += 10;
10635     else
10636         extentMax += 6;
10637
10638     return extentMax;
10639 }
10640
10641 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10642 {
10643     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10644
10645     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10646     if(!calcOnly)
10647         locker.Create(this);
10648
10649     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10650     {
10651         if ( !calcOnly )
10652             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10653
10654         width += GetColWidth(col);
10655     }
10656
10657     return width;
10658 }
10659
10660 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10661 {
10662     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10663
10664     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10665     if(!calcOnly)
10666         locker.Create(this);
10667
10668     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10669     {
10670         if ( !calcOnly )
10671             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10672
10673         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10674     }
10675
10676     return height;
10677 }
10678
10679 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10680 {
10681     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10682
10683     // we need to round up the size of the scrollable area to a multiple of
10684     // scroll step to ensure that we don't get the scrollbars when we're sized
10685     // exactly to fit our contents
10686     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10687                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10688     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10689                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10690
10691     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10692     // extra white space
10693     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x;
10694     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10695     {
10696         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10697         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10698         if ( diffPerCol )
10699         {
10700             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10701             {
10702                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10703             }
10704         }
10705
10706         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10707         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10708         if ( diff )
10709         {
10710             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10711             {
10712                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10713             }
10714         }
10715     }
10716
10717     // same for rows
10718     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y;
10719     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10720     {
10721         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10722         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10723         if ( diffPerRow )
10724         {
10725             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10726             {
10727                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10728             }
10729         }
10730
10731         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10732         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10733         if ( diff )
10734         {
10735             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10736             {
10737                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10738             }
10739         }
10740     }
10741
10742     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10743     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10744     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10745     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10746     SetClientSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10747 }
10748
10749 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10750 {
10751     wxArrayString lines;
10752     long w, h;
10753
10754     // Hide the edit control, so it
10755     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10756     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10757     {
10758         HideCellEditControl();
10759         SaveEditControlValue();
10760     }
10761
10762     // autosize row height depending on label text
10763     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10764     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10765     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10766     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10767         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10768     SetRowSize(row, h);
10769     ForceRefresh();
10770 }
10771
10772 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10773 {
10774     wxArrayString lines;
10775     long w, h;
10776
10777     // Hide the edit control, so it
10778     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10779     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10780     {
10781         HideCellEditControl();
10782         SaveEditControlValue();
10783     }
10784
10785     // autosize column width depending on label text
10786     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10787     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10788     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10789         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10790     else
10791         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10792     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10793         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10794     SetColSize(col, w);
10795     ForceRefresh();
10796 }
10797
10798 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10799 {
10800     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10801
10802     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10803     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10804     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10805                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10806     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10807                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10808
10809     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10810     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10811     // calculation.
10812     // CacheBestSize(size);
10813
10814     return wxSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10815             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10816 }
10817
10818 void wxGrid::Fit()
10819 {
10820     AutoSize();
10821 }
10822
10823 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10824 {
10825     return wxNullPen;
10826 }
10827
10828 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10829 // cell value accessor functions
10830 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10831
10832 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10833 {
10834     if ( m_table )
10835     {
10836         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10837         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10838         {
10839             int dummy;
10840             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10841             rect.x = 0;
10842             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10843             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10844             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10845         }
10846
10847         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10848              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10849              IsCellEditControlShown())
10850              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10851              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10852              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10853         {
10854             HideCellEditControl();
10855             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10856         }
10857     }
10858 }
10859
10860 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10861 // block, row and column selection
10862 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10863
10864 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10865 {
10866     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10867         ClearSelection();
10868
10869     if ( m_selection )
10870         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10871 }
10872
10873 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10874 {
10875     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10876         ClearSelection();
10877
10878     if ( m_selection )
10879         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10880 }
10881
10882 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10883                           bool addToSelected )
10884 {
10885     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10886         ClearSelection();
10887
10888     if ( m_selection )
10889         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10890                                   false, addToSelected );
10891 }
10892
10893 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10894 {
10895     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10896     {
10897         if ( m_selection )
10898             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10899     }
10900 }
10901
10902 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10903 // cell, row and col deselection
10904 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10905
10906 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10907 {
10908     if ( !m_selection )
10909         return;
10910
10911     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10912     {
10913         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10914             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10915     }
10916     else
10917     {
10918         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10919         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10920         {
10921             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10922                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10923         }
10924     }
10925 }
10926
10927 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10928 {
10929     if ( !m_selection )
10930         return;
10931
10932     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10933     {
10934         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10935             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10936     }
10937     else
10938     {
10939         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10940         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10941         {
10942             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10943                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10944         }
10945     }
10946 }
10947
10948 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10949 {
10950     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10951         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10952 }
10953
10954 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10955 {
10956     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10957              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10958                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10959 }
10960
10961 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10962 {
10963     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10964              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10965                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10966                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10967                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10968 }
10969
10970 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10971 {
10972     if (!m_selection)
10973     {
10974         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10975         return a;
10976     }
10977
10978     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10979 }
10980
10981 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10982 {
10983     if (!m_selection)
10984     {
10985         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10986         return a;
10987     }
10988
10989     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10990 }
10991
10992 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10993 {
10994     if (!m_selection)
10995     {
10996         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10997         return a;
10998     }
10999
11000     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
11001 }
11002
11003 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
11004 {
11005     if (!m_selection)
11006     {
11007         wxArrayInt a;
11008         return a;
11009     }
11010
11011     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
11012 }
11013
11014 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
11015 {
11016     if (!m_selection)
11017     {
11018         wxArrayInt a;
11019         return a;
11020     }
11021
11022     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
11023 }
11024
11025 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
11026 {
11027     wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_selectingTopLeft, m_selectingBottomRight);
11028     wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
11029     m_selectingTopLeft =
11030     m_selectingBottomRight =
11031     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11032     Refresh( false, &r1 );
11033     Refresh( false, &r2 );
11034     if ( m_selection )
11035         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11036 }
11037
11038 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11039 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11040 //
11041 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11042                                   const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
11043 {
11044     wxRect resultRect;
11045     wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
11046     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11047     {
11048         resultRect = tempCellRect;
11049     }
11050     else
11051     {
11052         resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11053     }
11054
11055     tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
11056     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11057     {
11058         resultRect += tempCellRect;
11059     }
11060     else
11061     {
11062         // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
11063         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11064     }
11065
11066     // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
11067     int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
11068     int top = resultRect.GetTop();
11069     int right = resultRect.GetRight();
11070     int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
11071
11072     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11073     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11074     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11075     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11076
11077     if (left > right)
11078     {
11079         int tmp = left;
11080         left = right;
11081         right = tmp;
11082
11083         tmp = leftCol;
11084         leftCol = rightCol;
11085         rightCol = tmp;
11086     }
11087
11088     if (top > bottom)
11089     {
11090         int tmp = top;
11091         top = bottom;
11092         bottom = tmp;
11093
11094         tmp = topRow;
11095         topRow = bottomRow;
11096         bottomRow = tmp;
11097     }
11098
11099     // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
11100     int cw, ch;
11101     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11102
11103     // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
11104     // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
11105     int gridOriginX = 0;
11106     int gridOriginY = 0;
11107     CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
11108
11109     int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
11110     int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
11111
11112     int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
11113     int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
11114
11115     // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
11116     // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
11117     // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
11118     // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
11119     const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
11120     const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
11121     const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
11122     const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
11123
11124     for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
11125     {
11126         for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
11127         {
11128             if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
11129                     (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
11130             {
11131                 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11132
11133                 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
11134                     left = tempCellRect.x;
11135                 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
11136                     top = tempCellRect.y;
11137                 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
11138                     right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
11139                 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
11140                     bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
11141             }
11142             else
11143             {
11144                 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11145             }
11146         }
11147     }
11148
11149     // Convert to scrolled coords
11150     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11151     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11152
11153     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11154         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11155
11156     resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11157     resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11158     resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11159     resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11160
11161     return resultRect;
11162 }
11163
11164 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11165 // drop target
11166 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11167
11168 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11169
11170 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
11171 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
11172 {
11173     GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
11174 }
11175
11176 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11177
11178 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11179 // grid event classes
11180 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11181
11182 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11183
11184 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11185                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11186                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11187         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11188 {
11189     m_row = row;
11190     m_col = col;
11191     m_x = x;
11192     m_y = y;
11193     m_selecting = sel;
11194     m_control = control;
11195     m_shift = shift;
11196     m_alt = alt;
11197     m_meta = meta;
11198
11199     SetEventObject(obj);
11200 }
11201
11202
11203 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11204
11205 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11206                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11207                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11208         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11209 {
11210     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11211     m_x = x;
11212     m_y = y;
11213     m_control = control;
11214     m_shift = shift;
11215     m_alt = alt;
11216     m_meta = meta;
11217
11218     SetEventObject(obj);
11219 }
11220
11221
11222 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11223
11224 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11225                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11226                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11227                                                bool sel, bool control,
11228                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11229         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11230 {
11231     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11232     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11233     m_selecting = sel;
11234     m_control = control;
11235     m_shift = shift;
11236     m_alt = alt;
11237     m_meta = meta;
11238
11239     SetEventObject(obj);
11240 }
11241
11242
11243 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11244
11245 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11246                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11247                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11248     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11249 {
11250     SetEventObject(obj);
11251     m_row = row;
11252     m_col = col;
11253     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11254 }
11255
11256 #endif // wxUSE_GRID